Quarterlytics / Industrials / Manufacturing - Metal Fabrication / Worthington Industries

Worthington Industries

wor · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker wor
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Manufacturing - Metal Fabrication
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Worthington Industries
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2016

resources & energy

We are a professional services business, a partner in delivering 
sustained economic and social progress, creating opportunities 
for individuals, companies and communities to find and realize 
their own futures. 
We can only do this with the support of our shareholders, 
earned by delivering earnings growth and a satisfactory return 
on their investment. 

OUR VALUES

Leadership
•  Energy and excitement 
•  Integrity in all aspects of business 
•  Minimum bureaucracy 
•  Committed, empowered and technically capable people 
•  Delivering profitable sustainability 

Agility

•  Smallest assignment to world-scale developments 
•  Comprehensive geographic presence 
•  Global expertise delivered locally
•  Responsive to customer preferences 
•  Optimum customized solutions

Relationships
•   Open and respectful
•  A trusted supplier, partner and customer
•  Collaborative approach to business
•  Willing to challenge and innovate
•  Enduring customer relationships

Performance
•  Industry leadership in health, safety and environmental 

performance 

•  Consistent results for our customers, delivering 

on our promises

•  People accountable and rewarded for performance
•  Innovation delivering value for our customers
•  Creating wealth for our shareholders 

WorleyParsons delivers projects, provides expertise in engineering, 
procurement and construction and offers a wide range of consulting 
and advisory services. We cover the full lifecycle, from creating 
new assets to sustaining and enhancing operating assets, in the 
hydrocarbons, mineral, metals, chemicals and infrastructure sectors. 
Our resources and energy are focused on responding to and meeting 
the needs of our customers over the long term and thereby creating 
value for our shareholders.

Annual General Meeting

WorleyParsons’ 2016 Annual General Meeting will be held on Tuesday 
25 October 2016 commencing at 2.00pm (AEDT) at The Westin Sydney, 
1 Martin Place, Sydney.

We have created our 2016 shareholder 
results microsite, which offers our 2016 
results documents and detailed 
information on our business operations.
Visit us online

annualreport2016.worleyparsons.com

Contents

Group Financial Highlights

Chairman and CEOs’ Review

Board of Directors

Global Operations and  
Significant Contract Awards

Group Leadership Team

Realize Our Future

Corporate Responsibility

Operating and Financial Review

Directors’ Report

Remuneration Report

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Glossary

Corporate Information

1

2

5

6

8

10

12

17

25

31

51

103

104

105

Group Financial Highlights

FIVE YEAR PERFORMANCE AT A GLANCE

$m

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

% change

Aggregated revenue1

7,362.6

7,627.0

7,363.7

7,227.5

EBIT

EBIT margin

Net profit after tax

Net profit margin

Cash flow from operations

Return on equity

Basic EPS normalized (cents)2

Basic EPS (cents)

Dividends (cents per share)

537.9

7.3%

353.2

4.8%

437.5

18.0%

152.7

143.7

91.0

527.0

6.9%

322.1

4.2%

443.5

16.2%

137.8

130.8

92.5

428.2

5.8%

249.1

3.4%

550.1

12.5%

108.5

101.0

85.0

87.1

1.2%

(54.9)

(0.8%)

251.3

9.2%

(14.7)

(22.2)

56.0

5,892.9

128.9

2.2%

23.5

0.4%

192.0

6.9%

16.3

9.5

0.0

(18.5)

48.0

1.0pp

–

1.2pp

(23.6)

(2.3pp)

 –

–

(100.0)

1  Aggregated revenue is defined as statutory revenue and other income plus share of revenue from associates less procurement services revenue at nil margin, 

interest income and net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as equity accounted associates and joint operations. The directors believe the 
disclosure of revenue attributable to associates provides additional information in relation to the financial performance of the Group.

2 Before amortization of intangibles including tax effect of amortization expense.

Aggregated revenue
$5,892.9m

EBIT
$128.9m

Net profit after tax
$23.5m

Cash flow from operations
$192.0m

.

m
0
7
2
6
7
$

,

.

m
6
2
6
3
7
$

,

.

m
7
3
6
3
7
$

,

.

m
5
7
2
2
7
$

,

.

m
9
2
9
8
5
$

,

.

m
9
7
3
5
$

.

m
3
0
3
5
$

.

m
0
7
2
5
$

.

m
0
7
2
5
$

.

m
2
8
2
4
$

.

m
2
2
5
4
$

.

m
1
7
8
$

.

m
9
8
2
1
$

.

m
0
8
1
4
m$
7
2
0
3
$

.

.

m
2
3
5
3
$

.

m
6
5
4
3
$

.

m
1
2
2
3
$

.

m
1
2
2
3
$

.

m
1
9
4
2
$

.

m
4
3
6
2
$

)

.

m
9
4
5
(
$

.

m
1
3
4
2
$

.

m
5
3
2
$

.

m
1
3
5
1
$

.

m
1
0
5
5
$

.

m
5
7
3
4
$

.

m
5
3
4
4
$

.

m
3
1
5
2
$

.

m
0
2
9
1
$

12

13

14

15

16

12

13

14

15

16

12

13

14

15

16

12

13

14

15

16

The result was earned on 
aggregated revenue of 
$5,892.9m, a decrease of 
18.5% on the $7,227.5m 
reported in 2015.

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

EBIT for the year was 
$128.9m, an increase of 
48.0% on the $87.1m 
reported in 2015.

Underlying EBIT, excluding 
restructuring and other 
costs, for the year was 
$302.7m, a decrease of 
600
27.6% on the $418.0m 
reported in 2015.

500

400

300

200

100

0

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

8000

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

The full year result for 2016 
was $23.5m compared 
with a net loss of $54.9m 
reported in 2015.

350

300

250

Underlying NPAT, excluding 
restructuring and other 
costs, for the year was 
$153.1m, a decrease of 
37.0% on the $243.1m 
reported in 2015.

100

150

200

50

0

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

-50

-100

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Cash flow from operations 
was $192.0m, a decrease 
of 23.6% on the $251.3m 
400
reported in 2015.
350
300

250

200

150

100

50

0

-50

-100

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

1

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

 
Chairman and 
CEOs’ Review

Welcome to the WorleyParsons Annual Report for financial year 2016.

We made substantial progress during the year on our near-term priorities including 
improving our level of customer satisfaction, reducing internal costs, streamlining our 
service delivery and strengthening our balance sheet.

Our cost reduction program lowered overheads by $170 million 
when compared to the prior year. By the end of June we have 
achieved annualized cost reductions of $200 million, 
exceeding our target of $120 million. These savings reduced 
the impact of lower revenues on our underlying EBIT margin.

Our customers continue to face difficult market conditions. 
The ongoing weakness in commodity prices has led to further 
declines in capital expenditure across the resources and 
energy sectors. 

Importantly in this environment, our customer feedback results 
are the best we have ever achieved, validating the action we 
have taken over the last 12 months including the realignment 
of the business into the four business lines of Services, Major 
Projects, Improve and Advisian.  While significant progress has 
been made, continuing to adapt and innovate will be a 
necessary and integral part of doing business. The Company is 
now leaner and better able to meet the challenges in 
the market.

In order to improve our service delivery, specific offerings were 
developed to deliver further value to WorleyParsons’ 
customers. We launched the Advisian business line, integrated 
the Breakthrough Project Delivery model into the Project 
Management Consulting (PMC) offering and accelerated work 
process transfers to the Global Delivery Centers (GDC). 

We closed 30 offices with an associated floor space reduction 
of 73,000 square meters. We maintain a presence in 
42 countries. In addition, we finalized the sale of Exmouth 

2  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016

CHAIRMAN AND CEOS’ REVIEWpower station and we identified non-core assets to be held for 
sale including the South African public infrastructure business 
and the Company’s interest in Cegertec WorleyParsons 
in Quebec.

We have made progress in strengthening our balance sheet.  
Efforts to date have achieved an improvement in day sales 
outstanding by 4 days, with more than half our locations 
showing improvement from December to June.  However, we 
still have more to do if we are to achieve our target of industry 
average of 65 days. Cash outflows were reduced by 
approximately $255 million through a combination of lower 
capital expenditure, reduced capital spending on acquisitions 
and no interim dividend.

While we are making progress towards our near term goals, 
and in most cases exceeding our own targets, we still have 
considerably more to do. Our management and organization as 
a whole remain focused on doing what is necessary to align 
our business with the prevailing marketing conditions, while 
also looking for opportunities where we can grow into the long 
term sustainable markets of the future.

Realize our future
At the core of the longer term sustainability of the business 
are the five strategic themes we introduced during financial 
year 2015, focused on defending and growing our business 
through the development of enhanced capabilities and 
offerings.  With our local operations, the objective is to free 
them up to focus on excellence in delivery so they are able to 
make the most out of the opportunities in their markets. Refer 
to pages 10 and 11 of this Annual Report to read more on our 
journey to Realize Our Future.

The Company continues to defend and strengthen its 
leadership position in upstream oil and gas.  We continue to 
expand our capability in the growing sub sectors of chemicals, 
power and water. Key focus areas are the development of the 
Company’s emerging digital and new energy capabilities. 
Geographically, Saudi Arabia and China’s “One Belt, One Road” 
initiative continue to represent significant opportunities for 
the Company.  

Financial performance
The Group reported an improved statutory result with net 
profit after tax of $23.5 million (NPAT) after last financial 
year’s statutory loss of $54.9 million. The underlying net profit 
after tax of $153.1 million (excluding $129.6 million of one off 
costs) was down 37% on our restated financial year 2015 
underlying result of $243.1 million. The Group delivered a 
positive operating cash flow of $192.0 million, with cash 
conversion at 125% of underlying NPAT compared with 103% 
in the prior year. Our gearing was 29.2% and remains within 
our target range. Our net debt to EBITDA is 2.4 times. The 
Board has resolved not to pay a final dividend for financial year 
2016 as the Company focuses on its balance sheet.

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
We are committed to our vision of Zero Harm to people and 
assets and zero environmental incidents. This year, our Total 
Recordable Case Frequency Rate (per 200,000 manhours) 
reduced to 0.07 from 0.12. Notwithstanding this improvement, 
we are deeply saddened to report four fatal incidents involving 
our contractors. Three individuals lost their lives in vehicle 
related accidents in Turkey and another person was fatally 
injured while working at height in Saudi Arabia. Vehicle 
operation and working at heights remain the greatest risks to 
the safety of our employees and contractors. These will 
continue to be focus areas for the business. 

People
It has been a difficult year for our people, as we adapted to the 
changing needs of our customers and the dynamics of our 
markets. This year we reduced the workforce by a further 
6,900 to its current level of 24,500. We have made, and will 
continue to make, tough decisions that balance the 
requirements to maintain capability and local presence to 
support our customers, with the longer term interests of our 
shareholders.

Both the Board and Group Leadership Team would like to 
express their appreciation for the commitment and 
contribution of our people to WorleyParsons during what has 
been an extremely trying year.

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

3

 
Board changes
After joining the Board on 1 July 2015, Jagjeet (Jeet) Bindra 
assumed the role of Remuneration Committee Chairman 
following the 2015 Annual General Meeting. Jeet succeeds 
John Green who held the position of Remuneration Committee 
Chairman since 2008. We thank John for his strong guidance 
and leadership.

Ethics and corporate responsibility
We recognize that WorleyParsons’ reputation for honesty, 
integrity and ethical dealings is one of its key business assets 
and a critical factor in ensuring the Company’s ongoing 
success. All of WorleyParsons’ people and our agents, are 
required to maintain the standard of ethical behavior outlined 
in our Code of Conduct and as expected by our customers, 
suppliers and shareholders.

The Company fulfills its corporate responsibilities across all the 
parts of the world where we do business. We ensure that our 
programs are as effective and efficient as possible in 
delivering value to the communities we support. The 
Australian Council of Superannuation Investors awarded 
WorleyParsons the rating of “Leading” in corporate 
responsibility reporting practices.  We also received the award 
for “Best Improvement in Climate Disclosure at the Australian 
Climate Leadership Forum”. 

This year, we also launched the Group’s Diversity and Inclusion 
Expectations supported by local campaigns and unconscious 
bias training. The Corporate Responsibility section of this 
Annual Report provides detail of these activities.

Corporate governance
The Board remains confident that the Company has in place a 
strong corporate governance system, and that this system is 
well maintained, reviewed and updated. The Group maintains a 
comprehensive, independent, internal audit program that 
reports directly to the Audit and Risk Committee. This function 
not only focuses on specific areas of interest, but provides 
assurance annually to the Audit and Risk Committee on the 
adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls.

The Corporate Governance Statement 2016 can be found on 
the Company’s website. 

Conclusion
We would like to thank the directors, the Group Leadership 
Team, and our people for their contribution in what has been 
another difficult year in our markets and organization. We 
would like to thank our shareholders for their continuing 
support and look forward to realizing the future of 
WorleyParsons together.

John Grill AO
Chairman and Non-Executive Director

Andrew Wood
Chief Executive Officer

4  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016

CHAIRMAN AND CEOS’ REVIEWBoard of Directors

John Grill AO
Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director
John is Chairman of the Board and Chairman 
of the Nominations Committee and a member 
of the Remuneration Committee and Health, 
Safety and Environment Committee.

Andrew Wood
Chief Executive Officer 
See page 29 for biography.

Ron McNeilly
Deputy Chairman and  
Lead Independent Director
Ron is Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent 
Director of the Board and was previously 
Chairman of the Board. He is a member of the 
Audit and Risk Committee, Nominations 
Committee, Remuneration Committee and 
Health, Safety and Environment Committee.

Erich Fraunschiel
Non-Executive Director 
Erich is Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and a member of 
the Nominations Committee. 

John M Green
Non-Executive Director
John is a member of the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nominations 
Committee.

Larry Benke
Non-Executive Director
Larry is a member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, the Nominations 
Committee and the Health, Safety and 
Environment Committee.

Catherine Livingstone AO
Non-Executive Director
Catherine is a member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the Nominations 
Committee.

Wang Xiao Bin
Non-Executive Director
Xiao Bin is a member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the Nominations Committee.

Christopher Haynes OBE
Non-Executive Director 
Chris is Chairman of the Health, Safety and 
Environment Committee and a member 
of the Nominations Committee.

Peter Janu
Company Secretary and General 
Counsel Corporate
See page 30 for biography.

Jagjeet Bindra
Non-Executive Director
Jagjeet (Jeet) is the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and a member of 
the Nominations Committee and the Health, 
Safety and Environment Committee.

For detailed information on Directors and 
Company Secretary see pages 28 to 30.

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

5

 
Global Operations and 
Significant Contract Awards

Infrastructure 24

85

Significant 
Awards

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 15

Anchorage

Anchorage

Fort St. John

Fort St. John

Cold Lake

Cold Lake

Chicoutimi
Alma

Chicoutimi
Alma

Kitimat
Burnaby

Edmonton
Blackfalds

Kitimat
Burnaby

Edmonton
Blackfalds

Saskatoon

Calgary

Calgary

Saskatoon

Trois-Rivières
Montreal

Trois-Rivières
Montreal

Fermont

Fermont

Markham

Markham

Sept-Îles

Sept-Îles

Vancouver, WA
Folsom

Vancouver, WA
Folsom

Arcadia/Monrovia
Costa Mesa

Arcadia/Monrovia
Costa Mesa

Billings

Bismarck
Billings

Sudbury

Bismarck

Sudbury

Sarnia

Sarnia

Reading

Reading

Quebec City

Quebec City

Saint John

Saint John

Chattanooga
Atlanta

Chattanooga
Atlanta

Jacksonville

Jacksonville

Houston
Bayport

Houston
Infrastructure 24
Bayport

Mexico City

Mexico City

Hydrocarbons 46

Port of Spain

Port of Spain

Stavanger

Stavanger

Leeds

Teesside

Teesside

Delft

Delft

Plzenˇ 

Plzenˇ 

Warsaw

Warsaw

Moscow

Moscow

Aksai

Aksai

Atyrau

Atyrau

Leeds

Manchester
Gloucester

Bristol

Farnborough
Woking
London

Manchester

Gloucester

Bristol

Farnborough

Woking

London

 Madrid

 Madrid

Baku

Baku

Sofia

Sofia

Almaty

Almaty

Tashkent

Tashkent

Cairo

Basrah

Cairo

Ahmadi

Basrah

Manama

Ahmadi

Manama

Al Khobar

Al Khobar

Dubai

Dubai

Yanbu

Riyadh

Yanbu

Riyadh

Muscat

Muscat

 Doha

 Doha

 Abu Dhabi

 Abu Dhabi

Hydrocarbons 46

 Mumbai

Hyderabad 

Hyderabad 

 Mumbai

Chennai

Bangkok

Chennai

Bangkok

 Accra

Lagos

 Accra

Lagos

Infrastructure 9

Europe, Middle East

& Africa

Ulaanbaatar 

Ulaanbaatar 

Beijing

Beijing

Tianjin

Tianjin

Chengdu

Nanjing

Chengdu

Nanjing

Shanghai

Shanghai

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Infrastructure 9

 Lima

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 15

Bogotá

Europe, Middle East
& Africa

Bogotá

 Lima

85
26Significant 

Significant 
Awards

Awards

  São Paulo

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 3

 Santiago

 Santiago

Hydrocarbons 14

 Luanda 

 Luanda 

 Belo Horizonte

 Belo Horizonte

  São Paulo

Rio de Janeiro

Rio de Janeiro

26Significant 

Awards

Pretoria

Pretoria

Rustenberg

Rustenberg

Upington

Upington

Johannesburg

Johannesburg

Kimberley

Kimberley

Bloemfontein

Bloemfontein

Cape Town

Cape Town

Minerals, Metals 

& Chemicals 3

Durban  

Durban  

Secunda

Secunda

Port Elizabeth 

Port Elizabeth 

Kerteh

Kerteh

Kuantan

Kuantan

Kuala Belait

Kuala Belait

Kuala Lumpur

Kuala Lumpur

Duri

Duri

Singapore

Singapore

Hydrocarbons 14

Jakarta

Jakarta

Dili

Dili

Mackay

Mackay

Gladstone

Gladstone

Brisbane

Brisbane

Perth

Perth

Bunbury

Bunbury

Adelaide

Sydney

Adelaide

Sydney

Geelong

Geelong

Melbourne

Auckland

Auckland

Melbourne

New Plymouth

New Plymouth

Hastings

Wellington

Hastings

Wellington

Christchurch

Christchurch

Infrastructure 11

Americas

42 Countries
118 Offices
48Significant 
24,500 Employees

Hydrocarbons 27

Awards

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 10

Infrastructure 11

Americas

Australia, Pacific, Asia and China

Hydrocarbons 27

Infrastructure 4

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 10

11Significant 

Awards

Hydrocarbons 5

48Significant 

Awards

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 2

Australia, Pacific, Asia and China

Hydrocarbons 5

Infrastructure 4

11Significant 

Awards

Minerals, Metals 

& Chemicals 2

6  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016

CHAIRMAN AND CEOS’ REVIEW 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Infrastructure 24

85

Significant 

Awards

Minerals, Metals 

& Chemicals 15

Hydrocarbons 46

Europe, Middle East
& Africa

Infrastructure 9

Hydrocarbons 14

26Significant 

Awards

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 3

Anchorage

Fort St. John

Edmonton

Blackfalds

Cold Lake

Saskatoon

Calgary

Infrastructure 11

Kitimat

Burnaby

Chicoutimi

Alma

Trois-Rivières

Montreal

Markham

Americas

Fermont

Sept-Îles

Billings

Bismarck

Sudbury

Quebec City

Saint John

Hydrocarbons 27

Vancouver, WA

Folsom

Arcadia/Monrovia

Costa Mesa

Sarnia

Reading

Jacksonville

Chattanooga

Atlanta

48Significant 

Awards

Houston

Bayport

Minerals, Metals 

& Chemicals 10

Mexico City

Leeds
Manchester
Gloucester
Bristol
Farnborough
Woking
London

Stavanger

Teesside

Delft

Warsaw

Plzenˇ 

Australia, Pacific, Asia and China

Moscow

Aksai

Atyrau

 Madrid

Infrastructure 24

Sofia

Baku

Hydrocarbons 5

Infrastructure 4

11Significant 

Awards

Cairo

Basrah

Al Khobar
Riyadh

Yanbu

Ahmadi

Manama

Dubai

Muscat

 Doha
 Abu Dhabi

Almaty

Tashkent

Ulaanbaatar 

Beijing

Tianjin

Hydrocarbons 46

Chengdu

Nanjing

Shanghai

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 2

85

Significant 
Awards

 Mumbai

Hyderabad 

Chennai

Bangkok

Kerteh
Kuala Lumpur
Duri
Singapore

Kuantan

Jakarta

Port of Spain

Bogotá

 Lima

 Santiago

  São Paulo

 Belo Horizonte

Rio de Janeiro

 Accra

Lagos

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 15

 Luanda 

Rustenberg

Upington
Johannesburg
Kimberley
Bloemfontein
Cape Town

Pretoria

Durban  

Secunda

Port Elizabeth 

Hong Kong

Infrastructure 9

Europe, Middle East
& Africa

Hydrocarbons 14

Kuala Belait

Dili

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 3

26Significant 

Awards

Mackay

Gladstone

Brisbane

Perth

Bunbury

Adelaide

Sydney

Geelong

Melbourne

Auckland
New Plymouth

Hastings
Wellington

Christchurch

Infrastructure 11

Americas

48Significant 

Awards

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 10

Hydrocarbons 27

Australia, Pacific, Asia and China

Hydrocarbons 5

Infrastructure 4

11Significant 

Awards

Minerals, Metals 
& Chemicals 2

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Leadership Team

Andrew Wood
Chief Executive Officer 
See page 29 for biography.

Tom Honan
Group Managing Director – Finance / CFO
Tom is accountable for finance, information management, assurance, development, communications 
and investor relations. Tom brings his leadership in driving transformational change, his ability to 
create shareholder value and his experience in the management of complex major systems 
replacements to his role at WorleyParsons. Tom joined WorleyParsons on 1 December 2015 after 
holding CFO roles at Federation Centres, Transurban and Computershare. He has an MBA from 
Melbourne Business School and an Economics degree from Monash University.

Chris Ashton
Regional Managing Director - Services, EMEA
Chris is responsible for the Services business line in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) 
region, delivering a broad range of solutions to our local customers. Chris held senior operational, 
sales and strategy roles, working in Europe, the Middle East and the USA prior to taking on his 
current role. Chris joined WorleyParsons in 1998 after more than 15 years in senior engineering and 
operational roles with international organizations. Chris holds a Degree in Electrical and Electronic 
Engineering from the University of Sunderland, a Master Degree in Business Administration from 
Cranfield School of Management and completed the Executive Management Program at Harvard 
Business School. 

Denis Lucey
Regional Managing Director – Services, APAC
Denis is responsible for the Services business line in the Australia, Pacific, Asia and China (APAC) 
region delivering a broad range of solutions to our local customers. Denis has over 35 years’ 
experience working in the resources and energy sector including almost 30 years based in the Asia 
region. Denis joined the company in Malaysia in 1990 as a structural engineer, and was a pioneer of 
the Indonesian operation in the early 90s. Denis holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Civil Engineering and a 
Master’s of Science degree in Offshore Structures.

Chris Parker
Regional Managing Director – Services, Americas
Chris is responsible for the Services business line in the Americas region which includes North 
America and Latin America, delivering a broad range of solutions to our local customers. Chris has 
over 30 years’ experience across a wide range of sectors including oil & gas, petrochemicals, power 
generation and infrastructure. Chris joined the Company in 2004 following the acquisition of 
Parsons E&C. He started his career with the Ralph M. Parsons Company in 1981 where he held a 
number of key positions. He has a Bachelor Degree in Mechanical Engineering from the 
University of Houston and completed the Advanced Management Program, The Wharton School, 
University of Pennsylvania.

8  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016

CHAIRMAN AND CEOS’ REVIEWFilippo Abba
Group Managing Director - Major Projects 
Group Managing Director - Improve
Filippo is accountable for the growth and performance of both the nominated global Major Projects’ 
portfolio and Improve relationships within WorleyParsons. Prior to joining WorleyParsons, Filippo 
held a number of senior roles during his 24 years working with Foster Wheeler, most recently CEO of 
Foster Wheeler Europe, Middle East and Africa. Throughout his career, Filippo has built broad global 
experience and has led sizeable EPC projects. Filippo holds a Bachelor’s Degree and a Doctorate in 
Mechanical Engineering from Politecnico di Milan.

Dennis Finn
Group Managing Director and CEO - Advisian
Dennis is responsible for Advisian, WorleyParsons’ global advisory and consulting business. Dennis 
joined WorleyParsons from PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) in 2014 and has a strong background in 
transformational change, global strategy and high impact customer focused interventions. Dennis 
joined PwC Australia in 2004 as the lead Partner and Head of Consulting and went on to hold a 
number of senior roles in the firm. In 2012, he was appointed Vice Chairman and Global Human 
Capital Leader of PwC International based in New York. His background and experience include 
operations, manufacturing, HR, marketing and general management across multiple 
locations (the UK, the US, Australia, New Zealand and Asia). Dennis started his career as a 
radiographer after studying Chemical Plant Operations and Nuclear Processes in the UK.

Marian McLean
Group Managing Director - Assurance and Development
Marian is responsible for both the Assurance and Development activities at WorleyParsons. In this 
role, Marian provides leadership of Innovation, the Group Project Management Office and New 
Ventures. She is also responsible for assurance on the effectiveness and efficiency of the 
WorleyParsons internal controls, reliability of reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. 
Marian joined WorleyParsons in June 2008. She has over 20 years’ experience in the manufacturing, 
water, construction, service and oil and gas industries. Her qualifications include: Master of Applied 
Science (Ergonomics), University of NSW, Graduate Diploma in Safety Science, University of NSW and 
Bachelor of Physiotherapy, University of QLD. Marian is a professional member of the American 
Society of Safety Engineers, the Society of Petroleum Engineers and the Human Factors and 
Ergonomics Society of Australia.

Peter Janu
Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate
See page 30 for biography.

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

9

 
Realize Our Future

During financial year 2015, we unveiled our strategy to return the Company to growth. As 
the resources and energy sectors undergo significant transformation driven by prolonged low 
commodity prices, WorleyParsons continues to transform to respond and reposition the business for 
future success.

The five strategic themes, first introduced in financial year 2015, remain the platform for 
transformation of the business. 

01  Build a world class consulting business and dominate the 

early project phases

We established the Advisian business line just one year ago to 
pursue the white space of management consulting advice based 
on deep technical knowledge. Advisian remains a core element of 
our strategy as the global vehicle to help our customers meet the 
complex challenges they face in the resources and energy sectors.

Customer

02    Be the global PMC   

provider of choice

We continue to expand 
our PMC offering with the 
promotion and application 
of the Breakthrough 
Project Delivery Model. 

05    Use Global Delivery 

Centers to apply digital 
technology to the delivery 
of future services

Through financial year 2016, we 
focused on standardization and 
simplification of processes 
including the transitioning of two 
processes to the Global Delivery 
Centers. The GDC currently offers 
each of our offices the 
opportunity to be competitive 
though the incorporation of 
lower cost resources into their 
projects. However, its primary 
purpose, however, is to apply 
leading technology to automate 
those processes to create a step 
change that revolutionizes the 
delivery of future services. 

04    Be the smartest, most 

agile local service provider

Our focus is on defending our core 
business, the local operations. As 
we free them up to focus on 
excellence in delivery, they are 
able to make the most out of the 
opportunities in their markets.

03    Build a leading  

Improve business

As we seek to expand into integrated 
service offerings beyond the power 
sector, we have identified partners to 
help deliver this offering to our 
customers in other sectors. 

10  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016

CHAIRMAN AND CEOS’ REVIEWWhere we are heading
Today, the revenue of the business is 
concentrated in the hydrocarbons 
sector and the provision of 
engineering services. We are 
deploying traditional go–to–market 
strategies, payment models and 
service delivery methods. Our 
ambition is to transform the 
business by:

•   growing our exposure to selected 

attractive markets while defending 
our position in hydrocarbons

•   offering a range of solutions that 

increase our market share

•   having a differentiated 

digital capability

•   deploying our global capabilities, 
including increased use of our 
Global Delivery Centers. 

In addition, we will have evolved our go–to–market strategies 
to more solution based selling with commercial models more 
focused on the value delivered.

Enhancing our exposure to growth
The current priorities for financial year 2017 are to defend and 
strengthen our leadership position in onshore conventional, 
offshore and heavy oil and oil sands. We see opportunities to 
expand into the attractive sub sectors of chemicals and new 
energy or renewables and the prospective geography of Saudi 
Arabia, across all sectors. A key focus will be the development 
of our digital capability across all service offerings.

In the near term, we see opportunities in the power sector, 
supporting investments aligned to China’s One Belt One Road 
regional development plan and industrial water. 

Reducing our costs and strengthening the balance sheet
In February 2016, we announced targets to reduce our internal 
costs by $300 million, with initiatives to deliver the first 
$120 million in annualized benefits already in place. During 
financial year 2016 we exceeded our target of cost reductions 
and reduced our annualized overhead costs by $200 million.

We identified initiatives to generate the further $150 million in 
annualized benefits from the current baseline through a 
combination of cost reduction and revenue improvement 
initiatives. A structured program is in place with actions 

Current Priorities

Near Term Priorities

Core

Expand

Expand

Expand

Onshore Conventional

Chemicals

New Energy/Renewables

Power

Offshore

Saudi Arabia

Digital

One Belt One Road

 Heavy Oil & Oil Sands

Industrial Water

underway in a wide range of areas across the business 
including: restructuring our support functions and general 
management, improving our resource utilization, increasing 
utilization of our GDC, assessing remuneration against local 
markets and adjusting where appropriate, rationalizing office 
space utilization, exiting unprofitable or non-strategic 
locations, aggressive management of our spend with third 
parties, review of underperforming projects to improve margins 
and a restructure of the information technology platform and 
support organization.

 We restructured business development into a global sales and 
marketing group with an acute focus on leveraging our global 
scale and capability more effectively with a more aggressive 
pursuit in our current markets and the growth markets of 
tomorrow. The combination of structure, focus and reduced 
costs is expected to increase our market share.

We also announced our commitment to strengthen the balance 
sheet by targeting an improvement in cash position by 
$300 million. Through a focused short term effort across the 
Group, we have reduced our net debt by $115 million and 
reduced our day sales outstanding to 78 days. By implementing 
a number of system and process changes into the business, we 
expect to continue our performance improvement towards 
industry average of 65 days.

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  11

 
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY 

The Group aims to be recognized as an industry leader in corporate responsibility and to this end is 
committed to continuous improvement.  

The Group is committed to contributing to the development of local 
communities through local employment and corporate responsibility 
projects. Contributing to the success of these projects have been the 
Group’s overarching support and the willingness of our personnel to 
volunteer their time and make donations in support of their local 
corporate responsibility activities. 

For the year ended 30 June 2016, the Group engaged in a broad range of 
activities across its business with a strong focus on community projects 
that require technically skilled volunteers. Other activities include 
fundraising for not-for-profit organizations, scholarships, sponsorships, 
training, programs to reduce the Group’s impact on the environment 
and programs promoting improved diversity and inclusion. 

The Group has reported an increase in volunteer hours for internal 
programs and community skilled volunteering programs. While there 
was a solid performance of direct financial contributions by our 
operations and personnel, the overall value of these contributions has 
reduced in line with the scale of the business.  

Across our industries and operations, the Group is seeing increasing 
expectations related to supplier selection processes and ethical conduct. 
The Group sees this as an opportunity to lead our contractors and 
suppliers to increased ethical, social and environmental performance. 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY POLICY 

WorleyParsons is committed to working with our customers and 
suppliers to achieve results that grow our company, reward our 
shareholders and our people and contribute to our communities.  We 
acknowledge our responsibilities to the communities in which we 
operate. Our Corporate Responsibility Policy outlines our commitments 
to: Governance, Ethics and Transparency, Our People, Human Rights, 
Community, Fair Operating Practices and Supply Chain, and the 
Environment. 

Community involvement in Lagos, Nigeria included Ebola containment 
through community awareness. 

12  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

WORLEYPARSONS FOUNDATION 

The WorleyParsons Foundation objectives are to: 

• support the execution of high impact strategic community projects; 

• become a vehicle for direct corporate investment, fundraising

and volunteering; 

• expand opportunities for Group personnel to be directly or indirectly

involved in foundation activities; and

• raise awareness of WorleyParsons’ corporate responsibility 

credentials with its stakeholders.

The WorleyParsons Foundation recognizes and acknowledges 
employees for their personal contribution in activities that help 
promote the key themes of education, disaster recovery, skilled 
volunteering, diversity and inclusion and enterprise development. 

Foundation Awards were given to 195 individuals responsible for 
81 outstanding corporate responsibility activities across 20 countries 
aligned to the key themes.  

Four WorleyParsons Foundation projects were progressed in FY2016: 

• collaboration with the Red Cross for disaster recovery in the

Philippines, developing models for large scale skilled remote 
volunteering;

• capability development of Robogals preparedness for global

expansion, so they can scale their model to introduce careers in 
science and technology to schoolgirls across the world;

• project delivery of a shelter house for preschool children for the

community of Island of Queullín, Chile; and 

• project delivery of community bore well water, solar power and

school buildings for families in Kelicha Pada and two further nearby 
villages, India. 

A further three projects commenced during FY2016: 

• selection and provision of Kangaroo Mother Care support chairs for

National Hospital, Dili, Timor Leste; 

• support of earthquake disaster recovery with Red Cross, Ecuador; 

and

•  support of wildfires disaster recovery with Red Cross, Canada.

MILESTONES 

In FY2016, the Group reached a number of corporate responsibility 
milestones, including: 

• conducting a robust corporate responsibility materiality review 

• listing as a member of the 2015 Dow Jones Sustainability Index 

Australia and participated in the Corporate Sustainability 
Assessment for the first time;

mapping economic, social and environmental issues; 

• continuing the Group’s corporate responsibility reporting process 

• establishing strategic partnerships and collaborations promoting 

skilled volunteering opportunities for our people; 

• expanding the WorleyParsons Foundation by supporting more 

projects and community partners, governed by the WorleyParsons 
Foundation Council;

• progressing a global diversity and inclusion program implementing 
Diversity and Inclusion Expectations across the business focusing on
six key areas: diverse and inclusive workplace, recruitment and 
promotion, closing pay gaps, accountability and engagement, 
flexibility and community; 

• delivering non-financial performance commitments covered in the 
Corporate Responsibility Indicators section of this report, including
gender diversity targets and an environmental emissions target;

using the internationally recognized Global Reporting Initiative 4.0 
Framework;

• fulfilling the Group’s fourth year obligations as a signatory to the
United Nations Global Compact, a strategic policy initiative for 
businesses that are committed to aligning their operations and
strategies with 10 universally accepted principles in the areas of 
human rights, labor, environment and anti-corruption; and

• continuing to deliver sustainability-enhancing services to the

Group’s customers through the Group’s advisory service offering. 

ACTIVITY HIGHLIGHTS 

The Group undertook various corporate responsibility activities in 
FY2016, including:  

• participating directly in and reporting over 460 corporate 

responsibility activities across 23 countries, involving over 8,600 
Group personnel; 

• supporting local communities through the network of corporate 
responsibility champions across 65 offices as well as ongoing 
participation in the Group’s own programs: DeltaAfrik Foundation in 
Nigeria, UnitedWay program in Canada and various corporate
responsibility and local social committees; 

• contributing over $530,000 towards educational programs over 35

offices;

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION HIGHLIGHTS 

The Group undertook various diversity and inclusion activities in 
FY2016, including:  

• launching the Diversity and Inclusion Expectations with a leadership 

statement and videos; 

• continuing the global Diversity and Inclusion Working Group to

provide guidance and support for diversity and inclusion initiatives 
and promote engagement with local networks; 

• developing an internal diversity scorecard to monitor and review 

progress across the expectations for discussion and action by leaders;

• launching an internal flexible work campaign to share real stories and 

examples of our people working in flexible work arrangements to
promote understanding about flexible working; 

• providing scholarships amounting to $76,000; 

• cascading ‘Check Yourself, Bias Awareness’ workshops and informal

• group matching $68,000 of Group personnel fundraising programs in 

Australia, Canada, Ecuador, New Zealand and Trinidad; 

• donating 210 liters of blood across eight offices and 476 participants 

to local health organizations and hospitals; 

• reducing carbon emissions across a number of offices through

behavioral change programs, office consolidation, encouraging use of
public transport, flexible work options from home, recycling and
FollowMe smart printing;

• expanding the WorleyParsons Academy with an online portal as the 

one-stop-shop for WorleyParsons development programs; and 

• participating in and contributing to various workshops and forums

on diversity, anti-corruption, Indigenous issues, ethical supply chain 
and human rights issues. 

discussions targeted at middle management across a number of 
offices;

• launching a global Pledge for Parity campaign for International 

Women’s Day, which engaged 890 of our people across 20 countries 
and 40 locations;

• addressing gender pay gaps through annual pay reviews ; and

• supporting diversity and Women of WorleyParsons networks across 

20 local communities, prompting local activities and progress. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  13 

 CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY CONTINUED

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY MATERIALITY 
ASSESSMENT 

Data for greenhouse gas emissions and energy consumption for FY2014 
and FY2015 were: 

A corporate responsibility materiality assessment was conducted to 
prioritize current economic, social and environmental issues that are 
most important to our business and stakeholders (our people, 
customers and investors).   

Further information on our corporate responsibility materiality 
assessment and the associated materiality matrix is included in the 2016 
Corporate Responsibility Performance Report. 

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY INDICATORS 

Contributions by Group personnel and the Group’s business operations 
are measured in terms of Australian dollar contributions and volunteer 
time contributions.  

The Group uses the United States Occupational Safety and 
Health Administration reporting requirements for Total Recordable 
Case Frequency Rate (TRCFR) and Lost Workday Case Frequency Rate 
(LWCFR). The Group also measures online training hours. 

The Group’s corporate responsibility indicators for FY2016 and 
preceding two years were: 

 INDICATORS 

Greenhouse gas 
emissions tCO2-e 

Energy consumption 
MWh

       2015 

   2014 

PER 
PERSONNEL 
MEMBER1

PER
PERSONNEL
MEMBER1

TOTAL2

TOTAL2

2.68

84,091

2.85

101,415

7.84

246,043

7.18

255,738

1 Personnel include employees and contractors. 
2 Totals include gas emissions from, and energy consumed by Exmouth Power 

Station, Australia. 

Last year, the Board set measurable objectives for achieving gender 
diversity. FY2016 shows encouraging progress, and the Group is 
focused on improving our female representation with the proportion of 
women employees within the Group, women in senior executive 
positions and women non-executive directors to achieve our target. The 
Group’s progress over time is included in the 2016 Corporate 
Governance Statement and progress towards achieving the objectives in 
FY2016 is set out in the table below: 

INDICATORS1 

Contributions by 
operations2 

Contributions by personnel 
members2 

Volunteer hours by 
personnel members 
(community/internal)2 

TRCFR

LWCFR

2016

2015 

2014

MEASURES 

OBJECTIVES 

$1.72 million

$2.32 million 

$3.09 million

Women employees1 

Increase the proportion of women 
employees to 30% by 2020 

$0.85 million

$1.56 million 

$1.75 million

Women senior 
executives2 

Increase the proportion of women senior 
executives to 25% by 2020  

26,257 hours

16,302 hours 

18,091 hours

Women non-executive 
directors 

Increase the number of women non-
executive directors to three by 2020 

1 This includes both the Group’s employees and contractors. 

2016 

~23% 

~22% 

2 

0.07

0.03

0.12 

0.01 

2 Senior executives comprise all employees and contractors at the CEO-1, CEO-2, CEO-3 and 
CEO-4 levels.  

0.10

0.03

-3

ASSURANCE 

Independent assurance supports our commitment to transparency and 
accountability. To provide confidence to our stakeholders in our 
reporting, Ernst & Young provided limited assurance, in accordance 
with the ISAE 3000 standard, over selected corporate responsibility 
performance data in our 2015 Annual Report.  

No significant changes have been made to these reporting processes in 
the 2016 Annual Report. Access the assurance statement. 

Online training hours 

19,968 hours

33,774 hours 

1 Definitions and clarifications 
2 For corporate responsibility activities. 

3 Not measured. 

The Group completed a response for the Carbon Disclosure Project 
(CDP) for FY2015 which was reported in June 2016. The Group’s energy 
consumption and greenhouse gas emissions were recorded to assist the 
Group to measure and reduce its energy consumption and to reduce its 
greenhouse gas emissions.  The data collection and analysis stimulated 
energy and carbon reduction measures in the global energy efficiency 
program in selected offices. The Company also completed a CDP 
response in respect of its water use for FY2015. 

The Group is in the process of deregistering under the Australian 
National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 as the corporate 
threshold was not exceeded in FY2016 with the sale of Exmouth Power 
Station.  

Our energy target for FY2016 is set at 2.5% reduction of total carbon 
dioxide equivalents (tCO2-e) against base year FY2014. In FY2015, a 
reduction of 17% is well ahead of the two year target. Business 
downsizing and subsequent consolidation of office area have 
contributed to this reduction.  

14  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

AWARDS 

In July 2015, WorleyParsons retained the status of a ‘National Community Partner’ with Australian Red Cross. This 
collaboration is the first of its kind and demonstrates commitment to our communities and support for skilled 
volunteering. It also showcases our global reach of knowledge, and should position WorleyParsons as an industry 
leader among our peers in large scale ‘pro bono’ services, focusing on disaster recovery. 

In July 2015, WorleyParsons was listed as ‘Australia's 30 Most InDemand Employers: 2015’.  WorleyParsons 
ranked 17 out of 30 and it was the first time that the Company was recognized on LinkedIn’s annual list.  The 
rankings are based on user interactions with the company page measuring reach and engagement. 

In July 2015, WorleyParsons India was awarded ‘Best in Class Corporate Social Responsibility Practice’ award for 
its efforts in a host of skilled volunteering and fundraising activities.  The Responsible Business Awards are 
recognized by the World CSR Congress and World Federation of CSR Professionals and in addition are endorsed 
by the Asian Confederation of Industries. 

In October 2015, WorleyParsons was named the ‘Best Global Supplier of 2015’ in the category of Exceptional 
Performance by BASF. The Exceptional Performance award recognizes WorleyParsons' long term commitment to 
developing a high performance culture and outstanding efforts to deliver high value results for BASF.   

In November 2015, WorleyParsons United Kingdom was presented with the prestigious ‘Payroll Giving Silver 
Award 2015’ for fostering a culture of philanthropy and committed giving in the workplace by making Payroll 
Giving available to employees. The National Payroll Giving Excellence Awards showcase the best Payroll Giving 
schemes in the UK. 

In November 2015, WorleyParsons was announced as the winner of the ‘Best Year on Year Improvement in 
Climate Disclosure for 2014-2015’ in the Carbon Disclosure Project Climate Leadership Awards. 

In December 2015, WorleyParsons Malaysia was awarded the ‘Gold HSE Award for the Chemicals sector’ by the 
Malaysian Occupational Health and Safety Practitioners’ Association (MOSHPA) for the HSE performance and 
processes established on the Hibiscus Project. This award from MOSHPA recognizes the significant efforts on the 
Project to achieve Zero Harm and the exceptional performance of the site management team. 

In April 2016, WorleyParsons India was awarded the ‘Golden Globe Tigers Summit Award for Community 
Development’ for their contribution and development of five villages in a remote tribal region near Mumbai, 
Maharashtra, India. The WorleyParsons India team has installed water pumps and tanks, solar panels as a source 
of renewable energy, refurbished the local school and set up a new E-Learning Center. 

In June 2016, WorleyParsons was granted ‘Silver Recognition Level in Corporate Social Responsibility’ by 
EcoVadis. The award places the Group in the top 30% of performers evaluated by EcoVadis.  As an independent 
rating agency, EcoVadis provides supplier sustainability ratings for global supply chains. 

In June 2016, WorleyParsons achieved a ‘Leading’ rating in the 2016 research report, Corporate Reporting in 
Australia: Disclosure of Sustainability Risks among S&P/ASX200 Companies by the Australian Council of 
Superannuation Investors. The Leading rating is the highest of the five categories and demonstrates to investors 
that the Company takes investor issues seriously and gives investors valuable information to better inform their 
investment decision. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  15 

CASE STUDIES 

The WorleyParsons Foundation, Collaborating with Red Cross on Disaster Recovery Programs 

The WorleyParsons Foundation collaborated with Red Cross to integrate our skilled volunteers into their 
international disaster recovery projects, whereby WorleyParsons has been awarded the status of a 
'National Community Partner' with Australian Red Cross.   

This collaboration is the first of its kind for the Red Cross and will provide innovative support to its 
partner organizations. The WorleyParsons Foundation supported two engineers to work on a waste 
management project in northern Philippines. Collecting and managing waste are very difficult due to the 
remote location and a lack of infrastructure.  

The engineers were supported by a number of remote volunteers that meant that WorleyParsons 
resources could be utilized for the greater good of disadvantaged communities. 

"The WorleyParsons collaboration has been great for Australian Red Cross. The expertise and extra 
support WorleyParsons has provided has really helped the project progress and they've helped our 
partners in the Philippines find solutions to this difficult problem." Catherine Harris, International 
Volunteer Partner, Australian Red Cross. 

Advisian Volunteers and Technology Helping Refugees in Kenya, Canada 

Seven Advisian employees, led by Principal Geophysicist, Paul Bauman, volunteered their time to find 
safe groundwater for approximately 185,000 refugees living in the United Nations High Commissioner 
for Refugees (UNHCR) Kakuma Camp near the borders of Uganda, South Sudan, and Ethiopia.  

Using electrical resistivity tomography and seismic refraction surveys, the team located new and safer 
sources of drinkable groundwater to supply the local community, which are currently being used by the 
UNHCR to guide their groundwater drilling program. Paul Bauman was awarded with a prestigious 
Community Service Award by the Association of Professional Engineering and Geoscientists of Alberta.  

"The water supply situation is very difficult at the Kakuma Refugee Camp, with most areas receiving 12 
to 17 liters of water per person per day and water quality in many areas of the Camp is poor due to 
elevated fluoride and salt concentrations.” Paul Bauman, Advisian Geophysics Technical Director, 
Canada. 

The WorleyParsons Academy 

The Academy was launched in 2015 to provide learning solutions that develop and enhance our people’s 
core workplace skills and capabilities in the areas of project delivery, business development and 
leadership. 

The Academy provides a blended approach to learning and development through the use of both 
physical campuses and online presence.  The first campus opened in Houston, USA.  The facilities 
feature state-of-the art audio/video functionality, with the ability to ‘broadcast’ classes to locations 
around the globe.  

The Academy online portal was launched in 2016 and is the one-stop-shop for WorleyParsons 
development programs.  The portal allows access to all course materials, including scheduled courses, 
on-demand e-learning solutions and recordings by technical experts. 

"Developing talent is a core area of focus for our office and we look forward to further training opportunities for 
our staff and our customers." Matthew Bishop, Managing Director, Oman. 

Global Diversity Campaign for International Women’s Day 2016  

A competition was held for International Women’s Day inviting our people to submit a photo of their 
pledge for gender equality. The competition attracted a large response of inspiring photos and powerful 
pledges from 40 locations.   

Over 890 people in our organization shared their belief in gender parity and made a strong pledge 
towards achieving this. CEO, Andrew Wood, started the ball rolling by pledging to encourage equal 
opportunity and remove bias from our workplace. 

“Parity is not to compete or rebel against the other gender. It is to attain sameness and to achieve consistent 
treatment irrespective of gender. Parity can only be achieved through cooperation from both genders. We all have a 
part to play in sustaining the drive towards our pledge for parity.” The Pledge for Parity from the people of the 
Lagos office, Nigeria. 

16  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

This collaboration is the first of its kind 
for the Red Cross. 

Advisian geophysicist performing an 
electrical resistivity tomography survey 
to find new groundwater sources. 

Engineering and project management 
courses delivered remotely to Oman. 

Parading the street of Lagos with their 
contribution to the Pledge for Parity.  

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW 

1. OPERATIONS

1.1 OVERVIEW 
WorleyParsons is a professional services provider to the resources, 
energy and industrial sectors. During the financial year ended 30 
June 2016 (FY2016), we reported along four business lines of 
Services, Major Projects, Improve and Advisian and three customer 
sectors, each of which is focused on customers involved in the 
following activities: 

• Hydrocarbons – the extraction and processing of oil and gas; 

• Minerals, Metals & Chemicals – the extraction and processing of

mineral resources and the manufacture of chemicals; 

• Infrastructure – projects related to water, the environment, 

transport, ports and site remediation and decommissioning; and 
all forms of power generation, transmission and distribution.

Our customers include multi-national oil and gas, resources and 
chemicals companies as well as more regionally and locally focused 
companies, national oil companies and government owned utilities 
operating in the customer sectors described above. We offer a range 
of services from small studies to the delivery of mega projects. 

The diversity of our business in terms of geography, industry and 
service offering is a fundamental strength. We operate in 42 
countries, with no country individually representing more than 
25% of aggregated revenue.  

1.2 BUSINESS MODEL 
Our business is based on our people providing key services to our 
customers from within our business lines. We strive to empower 
our people to support our customers to be successful. We support 
our people with our business procedures and systems and generate 
earnings by charging their time spent performing professional 
services, to our customers. 

Aggregated revenue and profit: Our sources of revenue and profit 
are diversified and revenue and profit are generated from a large 
number of customers. As a result, we are not dependent on any one 
of our customers for a significant portion of our revenue or profit. 
Aggregated revenue excludes revenue that has nil margin (this 
typically relates to procurement revenue where WorleyParsons 
undertakes procurement on our customers’ behalf with no exposure 
to financing costs or warranty obligations). We believe the 
disclosure of revenue attributable to associates provides additional 
information in relation to the financial position of the Group and 
include this revenue within aggregated revenue. 

Costs: Our two largest costs are: staff costs; and administration 
costs, which include office lease costs. We also have a 
significant amount of pass through costs reimbursed by our 
customers. 

Assets and liabilities: The significant items on our balance sheet 
are mainly project related, such as trade receivables, unbilled 
contract revenue, provisions and borrowings. We also hold a 
number of intangible assets generated through previous 
acquisitions. Our business is not capital intensive. Our customers 
pay us at longer intervals than our payments of expenses (e.g. staff 
salaries). This time differential, along with the time from incurring 
the costs, to invoicing the customer, makes up the majority of our 
working capital requirements. 

1.3 REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 
The statutory result for FY2016 was a profit of $23.5 million, 
compared with a $54.9 million loss in FY2015 that included the 
recognition of a non-cash impairment of goodwill of $198.6 million 
(approximately 10% of total goodwill). Underlying net profit after 
tax (NPAT)1 was $153.1 million for FY2016, down 37.0% on the 
previous corresponding period.  

Aggregated revenue declined by 18.5%, against a backdrop of 
ongoing declines in market activity.  Sustained low commodity 
prices and the fall in oil prices have resulted in our customers 
continuing to reduce capital and operating expenditure.  

Aggregated revenue declined across all of our business lines and 
geographies.  Our Infrastructure sector performed well with 
aggregated revenue essentially flat year on year. 

We have been taking action since 2013 to reshape the business to 
align it with market activity. During FY2016, the low oil price and 
generally subdued commodity prices across the energy and 
resources sectors resulted in a further contraction of our customers’ 
capital and operating budgets, project cancellations and deferrals. 
In that environment, during the financial year we announced a 
program to reduce our overhead costs by a further $300 million and 
to strengthen the balance sheet by $300 million.  After having taken 
action to deliver $120 million of annualized savings by February 
2016, we commenced the Realize our future transformation 
program to deliver on our objectives to improve our financial 
performance.  Through this program we achieved a further $80 
million of annualized savings taking the total by the end of FY2016 
to $200 million of annualized savings.   

The actions taken in FY2016 resulted in the recognition of a series of 
charges related to redundancy, onerous leases, onerous contracts 
and other restructuring costs in the statutory result.  

We now employ 24,500 people and still maintain a presence across 
42 countries, compared with 31,400 people across 148 offices at 30 
June 2015.   

We have secured 85 significant awards this year compared with 105 
in FY2015.  Backlog at 30 June 2016 is $4.2 billion including $300 
million of soft backlog with $2.7 billion relating to FY2017. 

Our financial position remains sound with the Company’s gearing 
ratio at 30 June 2016 of 29.2%, in the middle of the target range of 
25% to 35%.  

The FY2015 segment result and segment margins shown in sections 
1.3.1 and 1.3.2 of this review have been restated to reflect the 
organization of the Group into four business lines, a change to the 
allocation of information technology charges and treatment of 
restructuring expenses and associated changed reporting effective 1 
July 2015. 

The reconciliation of the underlying earnings before interest and tax 
(EBIT) and underlying NPAT results to the EBIT and NPAT 
attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited is shown in the 
following table. 

1  The directors consider underlying profit information is important to 

understand the sustainable performance of the Company by excluding 
selected significant items. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  17 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED 

EBIT 

Add: impairment of goodwill 

Add: Arkutun-Dagi project settlement costs 

Add: staff restructuring costs 

Add: onerous lease contracts 

Add: onerous engineering software licenses 

Add: other restructuring costs 

Add: write-down of investments in equity accounted associates 

Less: net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations 

Less: certain functional currency related foreign exchange gains 

Underlying EBIT 

NPAT attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited 

Add: impairment of goodwill 

Add: Arkutun-Dagi project settlement costs, post tax 

Add: tax arising on reorganization of business in China  

Add: staff restructuring costs, post tax 

Add: onerous lease costs, post tax 

Add: onerous engineering software licenses, post tax 

Add: other restructuring costs, post tax 

Add: write-down of investments in equity accounted associates 

Less: net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations 

Less: certain functional currency related foreign exchange gains, post tax 

Underlying NPAT  

FY2016  
$’M 

128.9

-

 - 

76.8

86.4

14.3

4.6

12.1 

(4.5) 

(15.9) 

302.7

23.5 

-

- 

- 

56.3

63.4

10.5 

3.4

12.1 

(4.5) 

(11.6) 

153.1

FY2015  
$’M 

87.1

198.6

70.0 

38.3

20.2

-

3.8

- 

- 

- 

418.0

(54.9) 

198.6

49.0 

5.9 

27.7

14.1

- 

2.7

- 

- 

- 

243.1

THERE ARE THREE MEASURES THAT ARE KEY TO UNDERSTANDING OUR RESULTS:  

1. AGGREGATED REVENUE

2. EBIT (EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST AND TAX)

3. NPAT (NET PROFIT AFTER TAX) ATTRIBUTABLE TO MEMBERS OF WORLEYPARSONS LIMITED

FY2016 
$’M 

FY2015 

$’M  Comments 

Movement 

1.  Aggregated 
revenue 

5,892.9 

7,227.5  We define aggregated revenue as: 

• our revenue and income calculated in 
accordance with relevant accounting 
standards; 

• plus our share of revenue earned by 

our associates; and 

• less procurement at nil margin, net 
gain on revaluation of investments 
previously reported as joint 
operations and interest income. 

EBIT means earnings before interest and 
tax. 

Our aggregated revenue decreased by 18.5% in FY2016 when 
compared with that for FY2015, due to several large projects 
progressing to completion, while potential new project work was 
cancelled or deferred. 

Our EBIT increased by 48.0% in FY2016 when compared with that 
for FY2015, due primarily to the benefit of no impairment charge 
recurring, but offset by higher restructuring charges in FY2016. 

Our NPAT increased to $23.5 million in FY2016, compared with a 
loss of $54.9 million for FY2015, due primarily to the benefit of no 
impairment charge recurring but offset by higher restructuring 
charges in FY2016. 

2.  EBIT 

128.9 

87.1 

3.  NPAT 

23.5 

(54.9)  NPAT means net profit after tax. 

18  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

1.3.1 BUSINESS LINE PERFORMANCE 

SERVICES 
The Services business line reported aggregated revenue of $3,437 million and segment result of $252 million (FY2015 restated: aggregated 
revenue of $4,336 million and segment result of $342 million). The segment margin declined to 7.3% from 7.9%. 

Aggregated revenue was lower across all regions due to projects completing or moving into construction, and project deferrals and 
cancellations. The Middle East operations continued to perform well growing its contribution to the business. Segment margins decreased as 
the overhead reduction did not keep pace with declining revenues. 

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

3,436.5 

4,336.2

Variance % 

(21) 

% 

58 

60

$’M 

252.0 

341.9

Variance % 

(26) 

Segment 
margin 

% 

7.3 

7.9

MAJOR PROJECTS 
The Major Projects business line reported aggregated revenue of $1,281 million and segment result of $109 million (FY2015 restated: 
aggregated revenue of $1,610 million and segment result of $128 million). The segment margin improved to 8.5% from 7.9%. 

Aggregated revenue declined as a result of project completions and other projects moving into construction during financial year 2016. 
Segment margins increased through the improved performance of our portfolio of major projects offset the decline and the improved 
margins from WorleyParsonsCord. 

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

1,281.4 

1,610.4

Variance % 

(20) 

% 

22 

22

$’M 

109.1 

128.0

Variance % 

(15) 

Segment  
margin 

% 

8.5 

7.9

IMPROVE 
The Improve business line reported aggregated revenue of $519 million and segment result of $23 million (FY2015 restated: aggregated 
revenue of $580 million and segment result of $27 million). The segment margin declined to 4.5% from 4.7%. 

Aggregated revenue declined primarily due to reductions in sustaining capital expenditure by oil sands customers. Segment margins 
declined modestly as overhead reductions partially offset the decline in project activity. 

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

519.3 

579.6

Variance % 

(10) 

% 

9 

8

$’M 

23.4 

27.3

Variance % 

(14) 

Segment  
margin 

% 

4.5 

4.7

ADVISIAN 
Advisian became a standalone business line in FY2016.  It incorporates the heritage advisory businesses of Evans & Peck, MTG and Digital 
Enterprise, previously reported under the Development group in FY2015 and the INTECSEA business and consulting personnel and their 
associated projects transferred from the Services business line. Advisian reported aggregated revenue of $656 million and segment result of 
$44 million (FY2015 restated: aggregated revenue of $701 million and segment result of $53 million). The segment margin declined to 6.8% 
from 7.5%. 

Aggregated revenue and margin decreases were primarily associated with the decline in the Hydrocarbons consulting business in the 
Americas and investment associated with development of business in the new energy sector and Digital Enterprise. The Company will 
continue to invest in this business to build a globally significant consulting and advisory business.  

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

655.7 

701.3

Variance % 

(7) 

% 

11 

10

$’M 

44.3 

52.7

Variance % 

(16) 

Segment  
margin 

% 

6.8 

7.5

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  19 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED 

1.3.2 SECTOR PERFORMANCE 

HYDROCARBONS 
The Hydrocarbons sector reported aggregated revenue of $4,267 million, and segment result of $329 million with a margin of 7.7% (FY2015 
restated: aggregated revenue of $5,332 million, segment result of $484 million and segment margin of 9.1%). Hydrocarbons’ contribution to 
the Group’s aggregated revenue was 72%, slightly down on last year. 

Aggregated revenue declined due to projects reaching completion combined with customers’ reduced capital and operating expenditure. 
The refining sub sector revenues increased 2% year on year.  

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

4,266.9 

5,332.1

Variance % 

(20) 

% 

72 

74

$’M 

329.0 

484.3

Variance % 

(32) 

Segment  
margin 

% 

7.7 

9.1

MINERALS, METALS & CHEMICALS 
The Minerals, Metals & Chemicals sector reported aggregated revenue of $643 million and segment result of $40 million with a margin of 
6.2% (FY2015 restated: aggregated revenue of $904 million, segment result of $47 million and segment margin of 5.1%). Minerals, Metals & 
Chemicals contributed 11% to the Group’s aggregated revenue. Chemicals now represents more than 50% of this sector's contribution. 

The Minerals & Metals contribution declined as project activity continued to decrease in line with sustained lower commodity prices. 
Chemicals also declined as the increased activity in the United States only partially offset lower in activity in China. 

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

642.5 

903.7

Variance % 

(29) 

% 

11 

12

$’M 

39.9 

46.5

Variance % 

(14) 

Segment  
margin 

% 

6.2 

5.1

INFRASTRUCTURE 
The Infrastructure sector reported aggregated revenue of $984 million and segment result of $60 million with a margin of 6.1% (FY2015 
restated: aggregated revenue of $992 million, segment result of $19 million and segment margin of 1.9%). Infrastructure’s contribution to the 
Group’s aggregated revenue was 17%. 

The Infrastructure sector aggregated revenue was essentially flat year on year as growth in the Middle East offset declines in Australia. 
Margins improved primarily due to the resurgence in the power business across renewables, fossil, and nuclear.  

Aggregated revenue

Contribution to Group 
aggregated revenue 

Segment result 

FY2016 

FY2015 (restated) 

$’M 

983.5 

991.7

Variance % 

(1) 

% 

17 

14

$’M 

59.9 

19.1

Variance % 

214 

Segment  
margin 

% 

6.1 

1.9

1.4 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN OPERATIONS 
From 1 July 2015, we established Advisian, the Group's advisory and consulting arm as a standalone business line after being previously 
reported under the Development group. 

20  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

2. FINANCIAL POSITION AND CASH FLOW

2.1 MATTERS RELEVANT TO UNDERSTANDING WORLEYPARSONS’ FINANCIAL POSITION

OUR FINANCIAL CAPACITY REMAINS STRONG BASED ON CASH, GEARING AND DEBT 
POSITIONS. 

FY2016 
$’M 

FY2015 

$’M  Comments 

1. Operating
cash flow

192.0 

251.3  Our operating cash flow comprises the payments 

we receive from our customers less the amount 
we pay our suppliers plus related interest and tax 
paid. In our financial statements, operating cash 
flow is called net cash inflow from operating 
activities. 

Movement 

Our operating cash flow for FY2016 
represents a high cash conversion rate of 
125% of underlying NPAT, an 
improvement over last year's 103%. 

2. Gearing ratio

29.2% 

28.0%  Our gearing ratio is our net debt divided by the 
sum of our net debt and our total equity, at the 
end of the financial year. Refer to Note 12 to the 
Financial Statements for the calculation of the 
gearing ratio. 

Our gearing ratio increased by 1.2 
percentage points in FY2016 when 
compared with that for FY2015. 
This ratio is within our gearing target of 
25% to 35%. 

3. Debt facility
utilization

57% 

59%  Our debt facility utilization is the percentage of 
our debt facilities that we were using at the end 
of the financial year. 

4. Loan, 

2,182 

2,087  Our loan, overdraft lease facilities are the amount 

overdraft and 
lease
facilities

of our debt facilities at the end of 
the financial year. 

Our debt facility utilization decreased by 2 
percentage points in FY2016 when 
compared with that for FY2015, due to 
improvements in cash collection. 

The amount of our loan, overdraft and lease 
facilities increased during FY2016, due to 
foreign exchange translation. 

2.2 DIVIDENDS  
Our directors resolved not to pay a final dividend. The total 
dividend with respect to FY2016 is nil cents per share. 

2.3 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN WORLEYPARSONS’ 
FINANCIAL POSITION 
An assessment of asset carrying values was conducted as part of the 
normal process of finalizing the accounts. 

As a result of this assessment, an impairment of investments in 
associates of $12.1 million was recognized in the FY2016 accounts. 

During FY2016, we transferred our South African public 
infrastructure business and our interest in Cegertec, in Quebec, to 
assets and liabilities held for sale. These items are not material and 
so are not reclassified in the Statement of Financial Position. 

2.4 FUTURE COMMITMENTS 
There are two types of future commitments which do not 
appear on our balance sheet and are relevant to understanding 
our financial position: 

• operating leases 

• operating expenditure commitments. 

These future commitments represent approximately 8.9% of 
our expenses. 

In general, we lease the various office buildings from which we 
operate, rather than owning those buildings. Operating leases refers 
to those leases. 

In addition, we are generally licensed to use software and also lease 
various items of computer hardware that we use in operating our 
business, rather than owning the software or computer hardware 

ourselves. We refer to our commitments to pay software license and 
equipment lease fees as operating expenditure commitments. 

3. BUSINESS STRATEGY, OUTLOOK AND RISKS

3.1 BUSINESS STRATEGY 
We develop our business strategy using an iterative process at each 
of the key levels of our business such that we have: 

• a Group strategy

• sector strategies 

• business plans to guide the implementation of our sector 

strategies at a business line level. 

Our Group strategy describes markets in which we intend to invest 
to create sustainable competitive advantage (leading to greater 
market share and/or higher margins) and deliver on our corporate 
vision. Our sub sector or regional level strategies are a detailed view 
of these markets. At the business line level, we translate our sub 
sector strategies into business plans to deliver on the intent of the 
sector strategies as applicable to each business line. Our business 
plans map specific current and near term opportunities or portfolios 
of opportunities to the strategic themes, to provide clear and 
tangible targets for the individual business leaders to pursue, win 
and execute. Overall, our key markets continue to present 
challenges, including increasing competition and customers 
delaying committing to new developments. We believe that we took 
appropriate steps during FY2016 to identify opportunities to realign 
and position the Group to address these challenging market 
conditions. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  21 

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED  

Strategically, our immediate focus is on five strategic themes 
which are to: 

and safety incidents and not meeting the market’s expectations of 
our financial performance. 

• build a world class consulting and advisory business and 

dominate the early project phases; 

• be the global project management consultant or “PMC”

provider of choice; 

• build a leading major Improve business;

• be the smartest most agile local service provider; 

• use the Global Delivery Centers to apply digital technology to

revolutionize the delivery of future services. 

Further details on the five strategic themes can be found on pages 
10 and 11 of this Annual Report. 

In the current market conditions, our priorities for the next 12 
months are to: 

• protect revenue by winning the right work; 

• achieve the overhead reduction target; 

• strengthen the balance sheet.

3.2 OUTLOOK 
The Company expects trading conditions to remain challenging, 
leading to continued pressure on aggregated revenue. The 
Company is focused on protecting revenue and gross margin, 
achieving further overhead reductions and strengthening the 
balance sheet. The benefit of the cost reductions in the first half are 
expected to be reflected in second half earnings. 

3.3 RISKS 
Achievement of our medium and long term prospects could be 
impacted by a number of risks. Those risks could, individually or 
together, have an adverse effect on achievement of those prospects. 

Set out below is an overview of a number of key risks that we face 
in seeking to achieve those prospects. The risks are not set out in 
any particular order and do not comprise every risk we encounter 
in conducting our business or every risk that may affect the 
achievement of those prospects. Rather, they are the most 
significant risks that we believe we should be monitoring and 
seeking to mitigate or otherwise manage at this point in time. 

The risk management measures set out below are a sample of the 
steps we take to seek to mitigate the various risks. However, the risk 
exists that we may fail to implement or fully implement those steps 
or that they may be entirely or partly ineffective. 

3.3.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY RISK 

Our business sometimes requires our people and those people we 
manage to be in high risk geographies, travel long distances by 
road, be in close proximity to complex operating equipment and be 
engaged in construction and operating activities. 

There is the risk of injury to, or the loss of life of, our people and 
those people we manage.  

To seek to mitigate this risk, we have a OneWay™ framework 
which includes the expectations that every one of our people and 
those people we manage must meet with respect to health and 
safety. OneWay™ expectations are supported by our business 
processes and we use them in assessing our performance. 

3.3.2 REPUTATION RISK 

We rely on the strength of our reputation to help win and retain 
work, attract and retain employees, secure lines of credit and gain 
access to capital. 

There is a risk that our reputation could be damaged including 
through unethical business practices, poor project outcomes, health 

22  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

We use a range of strategies and actions to seek to mitigate this risk 
including requiring all of our people to undertake various training 
including on the Code of Conduct. In addition, other mitigating 
steps, particularly those referred to in health and safety risk, project 
delivery risk, and internal reporting risk are relevant to seek to 
preserve our reputation. 

3.3.3 OPERATING RISKS 

Contract management risk: Effective contract management seeks to 
ensure, among other things, appropriate project and customer 
selection and the effective management of customer expectations. 

There is a risk that we will fail to manage our contracts 
appropriately and, as a result, find ourselves in disputes with our 
customers regarding matters including payment of our fees and 
liability for costs and delays. Those disputes may be costly, result in 
liability and absorb significant amounts of management time. 

We seek to mitigate this risk by implementing project delivery 
processes and procedures, providing training and development to 
our project staff and appropriate involvement of our legal staff in 
the contract process. 

Demand risk: The markets for our services are exposed to volatile 
and cyclical commodity prices. Those prices impact demand for our 
customers’ goods and services and, in particular, our customers’ 
preparedness to fund capital and operating expenditure. This may 
markedly impact demand for our services such that, over relatively 
short periods, we experience rapid and/or sustained changes in that 
demand. 

Responding to such changes may lead to reduced revenue and 
increased costs. Our overheads may also need to change such that 
they are efficient relative to our revenue and business size. 

We have a number of strategies and processes in place to seek to 
mitigate this risk including maintaining our diversified business 
portfolio, retaining a proportion of our people on short notice 
contracts, seeking contractual protection for project demobilization, 
sharing work across locations and undertaking ongoing overhead 
efficiency reviews and rationalizing overhead where necessary. 

Project delivery risk: Our ability to achieve superior shareholder 
returns is substantially influenced by our ability to deliver 
significant and/or strategically important projects to our customers’ 
satisfaction.   

Project delivery risk is the risk that we fail to do so. The 
consequences may include fewer awards of significant projects. 

To seek to mitigate this risk, we use regularly-reviewed project 
delivery systems and processes and project peer reviews. We have 
established the WorleyParsons Academy to further enhance the 
capability of our people in project management and project 
delivery.  

3.3.4 FINANCIAL RISKS 

Liquidity risk: Our ability to maintain an appropriate level of 
liquidity, particularly through timely conversion of unbilled 
contract revenue to cash, impacts returns to shareholders. 

There is a risk that given current market conditions, our customers 
delay paying us or are unwilling or unable to do so.  We seek to 
mitigate this risk by focusing on effective working capital 
management  and closely monitoring both cash collection targets 
and measures of debtor conversion. 

Internal reporting risk: We operate a complex business which 
provides a wide range of services in a dynamic environment, while 
straddling multiple jurisdictions and regulatory frameworks.   

There is a risk that our internal reporting systems may not 
accurately reflect our business performance or prospects and may 
therefore result in us not meeting forecasts provided to the market, 
thereby adversely affecting investor confidence and the Company’s 
share price. 

We seek to mitigate this risk by reviewing and enhancing those 
systems and seeking to adapt them to our dynamic business 
environment. 

3.3.5 STRATEGIC RISKS 

Strategy risk: We operate in a highly competitive and dynamic 
environment. As a result, our ability to develop and implement 
effective strategies will be a significant ongoing contributor to our 
success. 

Strategy risk is the risk of failing to develop and implement effective 
strategies. Such failure may, over time, lead to a loss of market 
share, and negatively impact our financial performance. 

To seek to mitigate this risk, we have an annual strategy 
development process utilizing both internally and externally 
supplied market data and business knowledge. 

The strategy involves five strategic themes executed as projects and 
described in section 3.1 of this Operating and Financial Review.   

3.4 UNREASONABLE PREJUDICE 
We have omitted from the review information regarding: (1) our 
internal budgets and internal forecasts; and (2) details of our 
business strategy, on the basis that if we had included that 
information, doing so would have been likely to result in 
unreasonable prejudice to us. 

3.5 FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS 
This review contains forward looking statements, including 
statements of current intention, opinion and expectation regarding 
the Company’s present and future operations, possible future 
events and future financial prospects. While these statements reflect 
expectations at the date of this review, they are, by their nature, not 
certain and are susceptible to change. WorleyParsons makes no 
representation, assurance or guarantee as to the accuracy of or 
likelihood of fulfilling any such forward looking statements 
(whether express or implied), and except as required by applicable 
law or the Australian Securities Exchange Listing Rules, disclaims 
any obligation or undertaking to publicly update such forward 
looking statements. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  23 

FINANCIAL REPORT 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

Directors’ Report 
Statement of Financial Performance 
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Statement of Financial Position 
Statement of Changes in Equity 
Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Directors’ Declaration 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of WorleyParsons Limited 
Shareholder Information 
Glossary 
Corporate Information 

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
The notes include information which is required to understand the financial statements and is material and relevant to the operations, financial position and 
performance of the Group. Information is considered material and relevant if, for example: 
• the amount in question is significant because of its size or nature; or
• it is important for understanding the results of the Group.

The notes are organized into the following sections: 
1. Corporate Information

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

57 

57 

Structure 
Define the different aspects of the Group structure. 

Key Numbers 
Provide a breakdown of individual line items in the financial statements that 
the directors consider the most relevant and summarizes the accounting policies 
relevant to understanding these line items. 
3. Segment Information

59 

20. Investments in Controlled Entities 

21. Equity Accounted Associates

22. Interests in Joint Operations

23. Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale 
Unrecognized Items 

25 
51 
52 
53 
54 
56 
57 
96 
97 
103 
104 
105 

84 

85 

87 

88 

88 

89 

89 

Provide information about items that are not recognized in the financial 
statements but could potentially have a significant impact on the Group’s 
financial position and performance. 
24. Commitments for Expenditure

25. Contingent Liabilities 

26. Subsequent Events

Other 
Notes required by Australian Accounting Standards and/or other regulatory 
pronouncements. 
27. Procurement

89 

28. Property, Plant and Equipment

29. Deferred Tax 

30. Related Parties 

31. Remuneration of Auditors

32. Key Management Personnel

33. Parent Entity Disclosures

90 

91 

92 

93 

93 

94 

4. Revenue and Other Income

5. Expenses and Losses/(Gains)

6. Income Tax 

7. Cash and Cash Equivalents

8. Trade and Other Receivables 

9. Trade and Other Payables 

10. Intangible Assets

11. Provisions

62 

63 

64 

66 

67 

67 

68 

70 

Capital 
Provide information about the capital management practices of the Group and 
shareholder returns for the year. 
12. Capital Management

72 

13. Interest Bearing Loans and Borrowings 

14. Issued Capital 

15. Reserves

16. Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

17. Dividends

73 

74 

76 

76 

77 

Risk 
Disclose the Group’s exposure to various financial risks, the potential impact 
on the Group’s financial position and performance and the Group’s 
management of these risks. 
18. Financial Risk Management

77 

19. Fair Values 

83 

24  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The directors present their report on the consolidated entity consisting of WorleyParsons Limited 
(Company) and the entities it controlled (Group or consolidated entity) at the end of, or during, the year 
ended 30 June 2016. 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

During the financial year, the principal activities of the Group consisted 
of providing engineering design and project delivery services, including 
providing maintenance, reliability support services and advisory 
services to the following sectors: 

• Hydrocarbons;

• Minerals, Metals & Chemicals; and

• Infrastructure.

DIRECTORS 

The following persons were directors of the Company during the 
financial year. All were directors for the full financial year. All remain 
directors at the date of this report. 

John Grill (Chairman) 

Ron McNeilly (Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director) 

Larry Benke 

Jagjeet Bindra 

Erich Fraunschiel 

John M Green 

Christopher Haynes 

Catherine Livingstone 

Wang Xiao Bin 

Andrew Wood (Chief Executive Officer) 

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS 

DIRECTORS’ NUMBER OF SHARES AND 
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 

As at the date of this report, the relevant interests of the directors in the 
shares and performance rights of the Company were: 

DIRECTORS 

John Grill 
Ron McNeilly
Larry Benke 
Jagjeet Bindra 
Erich Fraunschiel 
John M Green 
Christopher Haynes
Catherine Livingstone
Wang Xiao Bin 
Andrew Wood 

NUMBER OF 
SHARES

NUMBER OF
PERFORMANCE
 RIGHTS

25,372,173
418,984
1,133,383
35,650
198,755
891,869
11,945
13,000
11,000
849,065

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
467,476

Further details in relation to the rights issued by the Company are set 
out in the Remuneration Report and notes 14(C) and 32 to the financial 
statements. 

The number of Board and standing Board Committee meetings held during the financial year and the number of meetings attended by each of the 
Company’s directors is set out below:   

DIRECTORS 

John Grill 
Ron McNeilly
Larry Benke 
Jagjeet Bindra 
Erich Fraunschiel 
John M Green 
Christopher Haynes
Catherine Livingstone
Wang Xiao Bin 
Andrew Wood 

BOARD 

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE 

NOMINATIONS 
COMMITTEE 

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE 

HEALTH, SAFETY AND 
ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE 

MEETINGS 
HELD WHILE
A DIRECTOR

NUMBER 
ATTENDED 

MEETINGS
HELD WHILE
A MEMBER

NUMBER
ATTENDED

MEETINGS 
HELD WHILE 
A MEMBER 

NUMBER 
ATTENDED

MEETINGS
HELD WHILE
A MEMBER

NUMBER 
ATTENDED

MEETINGS 
HELD WHILE
A MEMBER

NUMBER 
ATTENDED 

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

8 
8 
7 
8 
8 
8 
8
8 
7 
8 

6
6

6

6
6

6
6

6

4
5

6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5

9
9

8

9

9
9

8

9

6
6
6
4

6

6 
6
6 
4 

6

In addition to those meetings, four special purpose Board Committee meetings were held during the financial year. The Board also met informally 
during the financial year by way of a Board briefing on seven occasions. 

All non-executive directors who are not members of the standing Board Committees are invited to, and generally attend, the standing Board 
Committee meetings. 

The independent non-executive directors met separately on six occasions, during the financial year. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  25 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

DIVIDENDS – WORLEYPARSONS LIMITED 

Details of dividends paid in respect of the current financial year and 
previous financial year are as follows: 

Final ordinary dividend for 2015 of 22.0 cents per ordinary 
share paid on 30 September 2015 (unfranked) 
Interim ordinary dividend for 2015 of 34.0 cents per 
ordinary share paid on 2 April 2015 (2.7 cents franked) 
Final ordinary dividend for 2014 of 51.0 cents per ordinary 
share paid on 30 September 2014 (10.5 cents franked) 

Total dividends paid 

2016

$’M

54.4

–

–

54.4

2015

$’M

–

84.1

125.7

209.8

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have resolved not to 
pay a dividend (2015: 22.0 cents per share, unfranked).  

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS 

A detailed review of the Group’s operations for the financial year and 
the results of those operations is contained in the Operating and 
Financial Review, which is incorporated into, and forms part of, this 
Directors’ Report. A summary of the consolidated revenue and results 
in respect of the current financial year and previous financial year are as 
follows: 

CONSOLIDATED 

Revenue and other income 

Depreciation
Amortization
Write down of investment in equity accounted associate 
Impairment of goodwill 
Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 
Net interest expense 

Profit before income tax expense
Income tax expense 

Statutory profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

Non-controlling interests 

Statutory profit/(loss) after income tax expense 
attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited: 
Add: Staff restructuring costs 
Add: Onerous lease contracts 
Add: Other restructuring costs 
Add: Onerous engineering software licenses 
Add: Write-down of investment in equity accounted 
associates
Add: Impairment of goodwill 
Add: Arkutun-Dagi project settlement costs 
Add: Tax arising on reorganization of business in China 
Less: Certain functional currency related foreign 
exchange gains
Less: Net gain on revaluation of investments previously 
accounted for as joint operations
Less: Tax on Arkutun-Dagi settlement costs 
Less: Net tax expense on staff and other restructuring 
costs, onerous lease contracts, onerous engineering 
software licences and certain functional currency related 
foreign exchange gains 

2016

$’M

7,790.1

(25.1)
(65.0)
(12.1)
–
128.9
(60.0)

68.9
(20.3)

48.6

25.1

23.5
76.8
86.4
4.6
14.3

12.1
–
–
–

(15.9)

(4.5)
–

(44.2)

Underlying profit after income tax expense attributable 
to members of WorleyParsons Limited1 

153.1

2015

$’M

8,757.5

(24.6)
(85.4)
–
(198.6)
87.1
(55.4)

31.7
(70.7)

(39.0)

15.9

(54.9)
38.3
20.2
3.8
–

–
198.6
70.0
5.9

–

–
(21.0)

(17.8)

243.1

1  The directors consider underlying profit information is important to understand 
the sustainable performance of the Company by excluding selected significant 
items. The underlying profit for FY2015 has been restated to include staff 
restructuring costs, onerous lease contracts and other restructuring costs for 
comparability with the current year's presentation.  

26  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

Revenue and other income  
Less procurement revenue at nil margin (including share of 
revenue from associates) 
Add: share of revenue from associates 
Less: net gain on revaluation of investments previously 
accounted for as joint operations
Less: interest income 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016

$’M

7,790.1
(2,226.4)

342.5

(4.5)
(8.8)

2015

$’M

8,757.5
(2,038.0)

514.6

–
(6.6)

Aggregated revenue2 

5,892.9

7,227.5

AGGREGATED REVENUE

EBIT 

EBIT MARGIN 

Services
Major Projects
Improve 
Advisian

Global support costs3
Interest and tax for 
associates
Amortization of 
acquired intangible 
assets

Underlying EBIT1 

2016

%

7.3
8.5
4.5
6.8

7.3

2015

%

7.9
7.9
4.7
7.5

7.6

2016

$’M

2015

$’M

3,436.5
1,281.4
519.3
655.7

4,336.2
1,610.4
579.6
701.3

5,892.9

7,227.5

2016

$’M

252.0
109.1
23.4
44.3

428.8
(98.6)

2015

$’M

341.9
128.0
27.3
52.7

549.9
(103.4)

(8.3)

(6.7)

(19.2)

(21.8)

302.7

418.0

5.1

5.8

Aggregated revenue was $5,892.9 million, a decrease of 18.5% on the 
prior financial year. Underlying EBIT of $302.7 million, was down 27.6% 
from the prior financial year result of $418.0 million. 

The underlying EBIT margin on aggregated revenue for the Group, 
decreased to 5.1% compared with 5.8% in 2015. After tax, the members 
of WorleyParsons Limited earned an underlying net margin, on 
aggregated revenue of 2.6%, compared to the 2015 net margin of 3.4%. 

The underlying effective tax rate 26.6% compared with 28.6% in 2015. 

The Group retains a strong cash position of $373.1 million 
(2015: $381.9 million) with gearing (net debt/net debt plus total equity) 
at financial year end of 29.2% (2015: 28.0%).  

Operating cash inflow for the period was $192.0 million, compared to 
$251.3 million in 2015. Cash outflow from investing activities was 
$79.9 million (2015: $188.9 million). 

2  Aggregated revenue is defined as statutory revenue and other income plus share 

of revenue from associates less procurement revenue at nil margin, interest 
income and net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as 
joint operations. The directors of the Company believe the disclosure of revenue 
attributable to associates provides additional information in relation to the 
financial performance of the Group. 

3  Excluding global support related restructuring costs (refer note 3 to the financial 

statements). 

EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

2016

2015

CENTS

CENTS

9.5
9.5

(22.2)
(22.2)

During the financial year, Ernst & Young, the Group’s auditor, 
performed certain other services in addition to its statutory audit duties. 
Total fees for non-audit services provided by the auditor amounted to 
$931,622. 

Underlying basic earnings per share was 61.8 cents per share, a decrease 
of 37.2% from the previous financial year result of 98.4 cents per share.  

Underlying basic earnings per share is determined by dividing the 
underlying profit attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited (as 
set out on page 26) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding as at 30 June 2016 (as set out in note 16 to the financial 
statements). 

The Board has adopted a policy governing the provision of non-audit 
services by the auditor. The Board has considered the position and, 
in accordance with the advice received from the Audit and Risk 
Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services is 
compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Act. The directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services by the auditor did not compromise the auditor 
independence requirements of the Act for the following reasons: 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS 

•  all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk 

Effective 1 July 2015, the Group established its advisory and consulting 
business, Advisian, as an additional business line.  As a result, the 
business operations are managed and reported by the following 
business lines: Services, Major Projects, Improve and Advisian.  Changes 
in business lines reporting also included, among other changes, the 
Group’s Canadian construction and fabrication business Cord now 
being reported as a part of Major Projects. In addition, during FY2016, a 
fully-costed information technology model was introduced which 
resulted in transition of selected costs from global support costs to each 
of the operating business lines.  This represents a change to the 
operating segments reported in the previous corresponding period. The 
previously reported segment results for the year ended 30 June 2015 
have been restated to be comparable with the revised segmentation 
approach as required by AASB 8 Operating Segments. 

MATTERS SUBSEQUENT TO THE END OF THE 
FINANCIAL YEAR 

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have resolved not to 
pay a final dividend (2015: 22.0 cents per share, unfranked).  

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2016 that has 
significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

•  the consolidated entity’s operations in future financial years; 

•  the results of those operations in future financial years; or 

•  the consolidated entity’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 

The likely developments in the Group’s operations in future financial 
years and the expected results of those operations are set out in section 3 
of the Operating and Financial Review on page 22. 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION 

In the majority of the Group’s business operations, it does not have 
responsibility for obtaining environmental licenses. The Group typically 
assists its customers, who usually own or operate plant and equipment, 
with the management of their environmental responsibilities, rather 
than having those responsibilities itself. However, the Group has 
environmental responsibilities in terms of compliance with 
environmental controls and in exercising reasonable care and skill in its 
design, construction management, operation and supervising activities. 
The risks associated with environmental issues are managed through 
the Group’s risk management and quality assurance systems. 

It is the Group’s policy to comply with all environmental regulations 
applicable to it and to the work it carries out. The Company confirms, 
for the purposes of section 299(1)(f) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Act) 
that it is not aware of any breaches by the Group of any environmental 
regulations under the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia, or of a 
State or Territory of Australia. 

Committee to ensure they do not impact the integrity and objectivity 
of the auditor; and 

•  none of the services undermines the general principles relating to 
auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants, including reviewing and auditing the 
auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision making 
capacity for the Group, acting as advocate for the Group or jointly 
sharing economic risk and rewards. 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under 
section 307C of the Act is as follows: 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT 

The Company’s Corporate Governance Statement for the year ended 
30 June 2016 may be accessed from the Company’s website at  
http://www.worleyparsons.com/InvestorRelations/Pages/CorporateGov
ernance.aspx. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

INFORMATION ON DIRECTORS AND COMPANY 
SECRETARY 
JOHN GRILL AO BSC, BENG (HONS), HON DENG (SYDNEY) 
CHAIRMAN AND NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER AND DIRECTOR FROM LISTING IN NOVEMBER 2002 
UNTIL OCTOBER 2012 AND DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY BEFORE 
LISTING AND ITS PREDECESSOR ENTITIES FROM 1971  
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – AUSTRALIA 
John is Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee and Health, 
Safety and Environment Committee. He has over 40 years’ experience in 
the resources and energy industry, starting his career with Esso 
Australia. In 1971, he became Chief Executive of Wholohan Grill and 
Partners, the entity that ultimately became WorleyParsons Limited. This 
specialized consulting practice acquired the business of Worley 
Engineering Pty Limited in Australia in 1987. It listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) in 2002 as Worley Group Limited following a 
restructuring of that company. In 2004, Worley Group Limited acquired 
Parsons E&C Corporation, a United States-based global project services 
company, and changed its name to WorleyParsons Limited. The Group 
then acquired the Colt Group in Canada in 2007, substantially 
increasing its capability in the upstream and downstream components 
of oil sands. John has personal expertise in every aspect of project 
delivery in the resources and energy industry. He has strong 
relationships with the Group’s major customers and was closely 
involved at board level with the Group’s joint ventures. John was 
awarded an honorary doctorate by The University of Sydney in 2010 in 
recognition of his contribution to the engineering profession. He was 
appointed an Officer of the Order of Australia in 2014 for distinguished 
service to engineering and to business, to the minerals, energy and 
power supply industries and as a supporter of advanced education and 
training. John is Chairman of Neuroscience Research Australia. 

RON MCNEILLY BCOM, MBA, FCPA, FAICD 
DEPUTY CHAIRMAN AND LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR – 
DIRECTOR SINCE LISTING IN NOVEMBER 2002  
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – AUSTRALIA 
Ron is Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director of the Board 
and was previously Chairman of the Board. He is a member of the 
Audit and Risk Committee, Nominations Committee, Remuneration 
Committee and Health, Safety and Environment Committee. Ron has 
over 30 years’ experience in the resources industry. He joined BHP 
Billiton Limited in 1962 and held positions with that company including 
executive director and President BHP Minerals, Chief Operating Officer, 
Executive General Manager and Chief Executive Officer BHP Steel, 
General Manager Transport, General Manager Long Products Division 
and General Manager Whyalla Works. Ron is a former Chairman of 
Ausmelt Limited and Melbourne Business School Limited and a former 
Deputy Chairman of BlueScope Steel Limited (previously BHP Steel). 
He is a former director of Alumina Limited, BHP and BHP Billiton, QCT 
Resources and Tubemakers of Australia. 

Australian listed company directorships 
LISTED 
COMPANY NAME 

NATURE OF 
DIRECTORSHIP 

DATE OF 
COMMENCEMENT 

DATE OF 
CESSATION 

BlueScope 
Steel Limited 

Deputy Chairman 
and non-executive 
director 

10 May 2002 

7 April 2015 

LARRY BENKE BSC ENG (HONS) 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE JULY 2010 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – CANADA 
Larry joined the Board as a non-executive director on 1 July 2010 and is 
a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, Nominations Committee 
and Health, Safety and Environment Committee. Larry has extensive 
experience in the engineering and construction industries including 
roles in engineering design, project management and general 
management including President/CEO of the Colt Group and Managing 

28  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

Director of WorleyParsons Canada until his retirement in 2010. He 
successfully led Colt through a period of substantial growth and 
expansion which continued with the integration of the company into the 
Group’s Canada business. Larry is Chairman of Next Hydrogen, a 
manufacturer of advanced electrolyzers for hydrogen production. He is 
a director of the board of The Calgary Airport Authority, a not-for-profit 
responsible for the operation and development of the Calgary 
International Airport. He is also a director of Cervus Equipment 
Corporation, a Toronto Stock Exchange listed company in the business 
of acquiring and operating agricultural, transportation and construction 
equipment dealerships. Larry graduated from the University of Alberta 
in 1973 with a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering (Honors). 

JAGJEET BINDRA BTECH (CHEME), MS (CHEME), MBA (HONS) 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE JULY 2015 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – UNITED STATES 
Jagjeet (Jeet) was appointed to the Board on 1 July 2015. He is Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Nominations 
Committee and Health, Safety and Environment Committee. Jeet has 
over 35 years’ experience in the global resources and energy industry 
including 32 years in senior leadership roles within the Chevron Group 
of Companies, retiring from Chevron as President of Chevron Global 
Manufacturing in 2009. The breadth of his executive experience extends 
into oil and gas, chemicals, refinery engineering and operations, design 
and construction, project management, engineering technology and 
strategic and business planning. He also has extensive public company 
board experience and is currently a member of the board of Edison 
International/Southern California Edison Company and LyondellBasell 
Industries N.V., both publicly listed companies on the New York Stock 
Exchange. He was formerly Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer of Caltex Australia Limited and a director of Broadspectrum 
Limited, both publicly listed companies on the ASX at the time. Jeet is a 
chemical engineering graduate of the Indian Institute of Technology in 
Kanpur, India and holds a Master of Science degree in Chemical 
Engineering from the University of Washington and an MBA degree 
from Saint Mary’s College of California. 

ERICH FRAUNSCHIEL BCOM (HONS), FCPA, FAICD 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE MARCH 2003 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – AUSTRALIA 
Erich is Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and a member of 
the Nominations Committee. He is Chairman of BWP Management 
Limited, the responsible entity of the BWP Trust, an Australian real 
estate investment trust listed on the ASX. Erich’s early business career 
was in the petroleum marketing and management consulting industries. 
In 1981, he joined the Australian Industry Development Corporation 
where he was involved in project lending, investment banking and 
venture capital investment. In 1984, he joined Wesfarmers to start the 
company’s projects and business development function. In 1988, he 
became General Manager of Wesfarmers’ Commercial Division and 
from 1992 until his retirement in July 2002, was an executive director 
and Chief Financial Officer of Wesfarmers. Since 2002, he has served as 
a non-executive director on the boards of several listed and unlisted 
companies. 

Australian listed company directorships 
LISTED 
COMPANY NAME 

NATURE OF 
DIRECTORSHIP 

DATE OF 
COMMENCEMENT 

DATE OF 
CESSATION 

BWP Trust

Non-executive 
director 
Chairman 

1 February 2015 

n/a 

2 December 2015 

n/a

JOHN M GREEN BJURIS/LLB, FAICD, SFFIN 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE LISTING IN 
NOVEMBER 2002 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – AUSTRALIA 
John is a member of the Nominations Committee and Remuneration 
Committee. He is a company director, a business writer and a novelist. 
John is Deputy Chairman of QBE Insurance Group Limited and a non-
executive director of The Centre for Independent Studies. John 
is co-founder of book publisher, Pantera Press. He was previously an 
investment banker at Macquarie Bank, as an executive director. His 
career before banking was in law, including as a partner at two major 
law firms. 

Australian listed company directorships 
LISTED 
COMPANY NAME 

NATURE OF 
DIRECTORSHIP 

DATE OF 
COMMENCEMENT 

DATE OF 
CESSATION 

QBE Insurance 
Group Limited 

Deputy Chairman 
and non-executive 
director 

1 March 2010 

n/a 

CHRISTOPHER HAYNES OBE FRENG, BSC (HONS), DPHIL, 
CENG, FIMECHE, FIE AUST 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE JANUARY 2012 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – UNITED KINGDOM 
Chris was appointed to the Board effective 1 January 2012. He is 
Chairman of the Health, Safety and Environment Committee and a 
member of the Nominations Committee. He is a non-executive director 
of Woodside Petroleum Limited and Honorary President of the Energy 
Industries Council, UK. His appointment followed a 39 year career with 
the Shell Group of Companies and their affiliates. He has lived in a large 
number of countries, working in the oil and gas exploration and 
production, LNG and chemicals businesses, primarily in project 
development and delivery and in operations. Chris was seconded to 
Woodside from 1999 to 2002, where he was General Manager of the 
North West Shelf Venture and was subsequently Managing Director of 
Shell’s operations in Syria and of Nigeria LNG Limited. In 2008, Chris 
assumed responsibility for the delivery of Shell’s major upstream 
projects worldwide. He retired from Shell in August 2011. Chris 
graduated from the University of Manchester with a Bachelor of Science 
with Honors in Mechanical Engineering and obtained a Doctor of 
Philosophy degree in Applied Sciences from the University of Sussex. 
He is a Chartered Engineer and Fellow of the Institution of Mechanical 
Engineers in the United Kingdom and also a Fellow of the Institution of 
Engineers, Australia. Chris was appointed to the Order of the British 
Empire in June 2009 for his services to the British oil and gas industry in 
Nigeria. 

Australian listed company directorships 
LISTED 
COMPANY NAME 

NATURE OF 
DIRECTORSHIP 

DATE OF 
COMMENCEMENT 

DATE OF 
CESSATION 

Woodside 
Petroleum Limited 

Non-executive 
director 

1 June 2011 

n/a 

CATHERINE LIVINGSTONE AO BA (HONS), HON DBUS 
(MACQUARIE), HON DSC (MURDOCH), HON DBUS (UTS), HON 
DSC (UOW), HON DLITT (SYD), FCA, FAICD, FTSE 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE JULY 2007 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – AUSTRALIA 
Catherine joined the Board on 1 July 2007 and is a member of the Audit 
and Risk Committee and Nominations Committee. She is a director of 
the Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Saluda Medical Pty Limited and 
the George Institute for Global Health. Catherine is also the President of 
the Business Council of Australia and the President of the Australian 
Museum Trust. She was Chairman of Telstra Corporation Limited from 
May 2009 to April 2016 and of CSIRO from 2001 to 2006. Catherine has 
also served on the boards of Macquarie Bank Limited, Macquarie Group 
Limited, Goodman Fielder Limited and Rural Press Limited. She was 
the Managing Director of Cochlear Limited from 1994 to 2000, taking it 
through to an initial public offer in 1995. In 2003, Catherine was 

awarded the Centenary Medal for service to Australian Society in 
Business Leadership and in 2008 she was appointed an Officer of the 
Order of Australia for service to the development of Australian science, 
technology and innovation policies to the business sector. She has a 
Bachelor of Arts (Honors) in Accounting, is a Chartered Accountant and 
was the Eisenhower Fellow for Australia in 1999. 

Australian listed company directorships 
LISTED 
COMPANY NAME 

NATURE OF 
DIRECTORSHIP 

DATE OF 
COMMENCEMENT 

DATE OF 
CESSATION 

Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia 

Non-executive 
director 

Telstra Corporation 
Limited 

Non-executive 
director 

Macquarie Group 
Limited 
Macquarie Bank 
Limited 

Chairman 
Non-executive 
director 
Non-executive 
director 

1 March 2016 

n/a 

30 November 2000  27 April 2016 

8 May 2009 
30 August 2007 

27 April 2016 
25 July 2013 

19 November 2003  25 July 2013 

WANG XIAO BIN BCOM, CPA, GDIP APPLIED FINANCE AND 
INVESTMENT 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR – DIRECTOR SINCE DECEMBER 2011 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – HONG KONG, CHINA 
Xiao Bin was appointed to the Board on 1 December 2011 and is a 
member of the Audit and Risk Committee and Nominations Committee. 
She is based in Hong Kong and is an executive director and Chief 
Financial Officer of China Resources Power Holdings Company 
Limited. Prior to joining China Resources Power in July 2003, she was a 
Director of Corporate Finance at ING Investment Banking, responsible 
for execution of capital markets and merger and acquisition transactions 
in the Asia Pacific region. Xiao Bin worked for Price Waterhouse in 
Australia in the Audit and Business Advisory Division for five years 
before joining ING. She is a member of CPA Australia and holds a 
graduate diploma in Applied Finance and Investment from the 
Securities Institute of Australia (now Finsia) and a Bachelor of 
Commerce from Murdoch University in Australia. 

ANDREW WOOD BENG, GDIP FIN MGMT, GDIP LAB 
RELATIONS, FIE AUST 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER – EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR SINCE 
OCTOBER 2012 
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE – AUSTRALIA 
Andrew was appointed as Chief Executive Officer effective 23 October 
2012. With a tenure of over 22 years with the Group, and over 35 years’ 
experience in the resources and energy industry, Andrew has extensive 
knowledge across the Group. His previous roles include Group 
Managing Director – Finance/CFO responsible for Group-wide direction 
and support to the business functions of finance, information 
management, internal procurement and communications, legal and risk; 
Managing Director for the Australia/New Zealand region; and 
Managing Director of Mergers and Acquisitions, overseeing 15 business 
acquisitions including Parsons E&C Corporation in November 2004 and 
the Colt Group in March 2007. He was also responsible for the Group’s 
early expansion into Thailand and the Middle East, Canada and Chile in 
his capacity as Managing Director for International Operations. Andrew 
holds a Bachelor of Engineering and graduate diplomas in Financial 
Management and Labour Management Relations. He is a Fellow of the 
Institution of Engineers, Australia. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  29 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

PETER JANU BEC, LLB, CA, FGIA 
COMPANY SECRETARY AND GENERAL COUNSEL CORPORATE – 
APPOINTED OCTOBER 2008 
Peter joined WorleyParsons in 2008 in his current role. He is responsible 
for corporate governance for the Board, and the senior executive team. 
He is also responsible for legal and governance matters relevant to the 
listed entity, its capital structure, and its regulatory obligations. Peter’s 
specific group accountabilities include continuous disclosure, trade 
sanctions and compliance with anti-bribery laws. Peter has a 
background in corporate taxation, project finance, legal, governance and 
company secretary roles. He has previously worked in the professional 
services, investment banking, and construction and mining services 
sectors. Peter holds degrees in Law and Economics from The University 
of Sydney and is a Chartered Accountant and a Fellow of the 
Governance Institute of Australia. 

INDEMNITIES AND INSURANCE 

Under the Company’s Constitution, the Company indemnifies each 
current and former officer of the Group against certain liabilities and 
costs incurred by them as an officer of the Group. The Company also 
indemnifies each current and former officer of the Group against certain 
liabilities and costs incurred when the officer acts as an officer of 
another body corporate at the Company’s request and the liability or 
cost is incurred in that capacity. Neither indemnity extends to liabilities 
or costs from which the Company is prohibited from indemnifying 
current or former officers under the Act. 

In addition, the Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Indemnity 
and Insurance with certain officers of the Group. Under those deeds, the 
Company agrees (among other things) to: 

• indemnify the officer to the extent permitted by law and the 

Company’s Constitution;

• maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy; and 

• provide officers with access to Board papers. 

The Company maintains a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy that, 
subject to certain exemptions, provides insurance cover to former and 
current officers of the Group. During the financial year, the Company 
paid insurance premiums to insure those officers of the Group. The 
contracts of insurance prohibit the disclosure of the amounts of 
premiums paid and the nature of the liability covered. 

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations Instrument 
2016/191 (Rounding in Financial /Directors' Reports) issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the 
“rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’ Report and financial 
statements. Unless otherwise expressly stated, amounts referred to in 
this report have been rounded off to the nearest hundred thousand 
dollars in accordance with that Instrument and amounts less than 
$50,000 that have been rounded down are represented in this report by 
0.0. 

30  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

REMUNERATION REPORT 

The Company’s directors present the Remuneration Report prepared in accordance with section 300A of the  
Corporations Act 2001 (Act) for the Company and the consolidated entity for financial year 2016 (FY2016).  
The information provided in this Remuneration Report has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of  
the Act. This Remuneration Report forms part of the Directors’ Report. 

LETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
Dear Shareholders 

As the new Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present the WorleyParsons Remuneration Report for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2016. 

I would like to reaffirm that the Remuneration Committee is guided by the Company beliefs which aim to pay our executives competitively and 
based upon their contribution to the success of the business.  This is explained further on page 34. 

To provide shareholders with a clearer picture of our approach to remuneration and an improved reading experience, we have made a number 
of changes to our Remuneration Report this year, including the introduction of a new section in the report which contains key shareholder 
questions and answers, on pages 32-33.  

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL CHANGES IN FY2016 
There were a number of changes to Key Management Personnel (KMP) positions during the year, through new hire, internal promotion and 
retirement.  These are detailed in section 1 of the report. 

REMUNERATION OUTCOMES IN FY2016 
Challenging conditions during FY2016 resulted in a decision being made to make no payment of short term incentives through the cash portion 
of the Combined Incentive to Executives.  A grant of Share Price Performance Rights (SPPRs) was made during the year following the 
introduction of changes to the equity portion of the Combined Incentive Plan.  The SPPRs provide Executives with a clear goal to increase the 
Company’s share price, increase motivation and retention of Executives and ensure we remain competitive in our remuneration practices.  The 
outcome of the performance hurdles for the Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan once again resulted in nil vesting as neither of the two equally-
weighted hurdles achieved the minimum performance requirements.  

REMUNERATION FOR FY2017  
A review of Executive pay was completed, with particular attention given to the at risk component within the pay mix and alignment with our 
external peers.  We have made no increases in Executives' Fixed Pay for FY2017.  The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) has opted to retain his lower 
Fixed Pay following his request to reduce this by 10% from 1 July 2015.    

For the fifth year, no changes were made to Non-Executive Directors' fees for FY2017. The Chairman has agreed to forgo his fee for FY2017. 

The LTI Plan has not achieved the required performance hurdles for the last four years, this demonstrates the alignment of our Executive 
remuneration outcomes with shareholder returns. During FY2017, we will review the LTI Plan for FY2018 to ensure that it will motivate our 
Executives to deliver value to our shareholders over the long term.  For FY2017, the LTI Plan will retain the relative Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR) hurdle as 50% of the FY2017 grant with a revision to the comparator group to reflect the Company’s current global competitors (see page 
39). Given the importance of delivery of the Company's Realize our future strategy and the role that Executives will play in leading its 
implementation, the remaining 50% of the FY2017 grant will be subject to strategic performance hurdles.  These performance hurdles will be 
subject to the achievement of cost reduction and net debt to EBITDA targets measured at the end of FY2018, both of which are key to the delivery 
of the strategy. A further two year restriction period will apply on the shares following the measurement of the targets.  Details of performance 
against the targets will be disclosed retrospectively due to the commercially sensitive nature of the targets.   

Lastly, I would like to highlight the change in composition of the Remuneration Committee from August 2016, so that it comprises myself, John 
Grill and Christopher Haynes. My thanks to Ron McNeilly for his contribution as Remuneration Committee member and John Green for his 
leadership as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. 

We hope that you will find the new format of the Remuneration Report useful, and welcome the views of shareholders on any of the items 
discussed within the report. 

Kind regards 

Jeet Bindra 

Chairman, Remuneration Committee 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  31 

 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

THE REMUNERATION REPORT IS PRESENTED IN FIVE SECTIONS:  

SECTION 

1.  Remuneration in Brief - Key Shareholder Questions and KMP Covered in This Report 

2.  Remuneration Governance Framework - Guiding Remuneration Principles, Executive Remuneration Structure, 

Remuneration Decision Making, Executive Minimum Shareholding Requirement, Clawback (Malus) Provision, Cessation 
of Employment and Change of Control 

PAGE 

32 

34 

3.  Executive Remuneration in Detail - Remuneration Mix for Executives, At Risk Remuneration, Company Performance over 

37 

a Five Year Period, Remuneration Outcomes in FY2016 and Employment Arrangements 

4.  Non-Executive Director Remuneration - Non-Executive Directors, Guiding Principles, Remuneration Structure, 

Remuneration Outcomes, Non-Executive Director Interests in Shares and Performance Rights 

5.  Remuneration Tables - Statutory Remuneration Outcomes, Actual Remuneration Outcomes, Executive Minimum 

Shareholding Requirement, Executive Interests in Shares and Performance Rights, Non-Executive Director Remuneration 
Outcomes, Non-Executive Director Interests in Shares and Performance Rights 

6.  Glossary of Terms 

1. REMUNERATION IN BRIEF  

KEY SHAREHOLDER QUESTIONS 

QUESTION 

ANSWER 

How is performance reflected in the 
remuneration of Executives in FY2016? 

The outcomes of Executives' remuneration for FY2016, reflect the financial results of 
the Company: 

•  zero Fixed Pay increases; 

•  zero cash payments through the Combined Incentive Plan; and 

•  nil vesting outcomes for LTI. 

Have any changes been made to the 
remuneration of the Non-Executive 
Directors (NEDs)? 

For the fifth consecutive year, there have been no increases to Non-Executive Director 
annual fees.  In addition, Mr Grill agreed to a further temporary decrease in his 
Chairman fee for FY2016 and has waived his fee for FY2017. 

What changes have been made to 
remuneration components during 
FY2016? 

As detailed in the 2015 Remuneration Report, we made amendments to the Combined 
Incentive Plan for FY2016 in order to increase our competitiveness in our 
remuneration versus that of our peers while retaining short term cash incentives and 
medium term deferred equity.  We have sought to drive a performance culture 
through an increase in our incentives for outperformance and build the equity 
interests of our Executives to be in alignment with our shareholders' interests.   

The cash portion of the Combined Incentive focuses on the achievement of financial 
and non-financial Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).  The equity portion provides 
greater certainty of growth in Executive shareholdings through the SPPRs, with 
vesting outcomes linked to share price.   

43 

44 

50 

DETAILS 

See page 40 

See page 43 

See page 37 

Are there provisions in place for 
clawback of incentives?  

Yes, the Company maintains a Clawback/Malus provision within both the Combined 
Incentive Plan and the LTI Plan. 

See page 36 

Are there minimum shareholding 
requirements in place for the KMP? 

Yes, Executives must retain equity delivered via incentive plans until they hold shares 
equivalent in value to two times Fixed Pay (four times Fixed Pay for the CEO) and 
must subsequently maintain that multiple.  NEDs are required to build a holding 
equivalent in value to their annual fee. The minimum shareholding requirements are 
assessed each year. 

See pages 36, 43 
and 46 

FIXED PAY 

Has Executives' Fixed Pay been 
reviewed in FY2016? 

32  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

Yes, a review was completed during FY2016 which resulted in no increases to Fixed 
Pay for our Executives during the year.  We are comfortable that the Executives 
remain competitive against the external market. It should also be noted that the CEO 
requested a 10% reduction in his Fixed Pay from 1 July 2015 and this will continue into 
FY2017. 

See page 36 

 
 
 
COMBINED INCENTIVE PLAN 

How is the Combined Incentive Plan 
delivered to Executives? 

How do the Share Price Performance 
Rights (SPPRs) work? 

What were the Combined Incentive 
Plan outcomes this year? 

The Combined Incentive Plan is delivered in both cash (two thirds) and equity (one 
third). The cash portion is linked to the achievement of KPIs.  The equity portion is 
provided as an annual allocation of equity through SPPRs. 

The equity portion of the Combined Incentive Plan is an annual grant of performance 
rights with a two year performance period.  The number of actual shares the 
performance rights convert into depends upon the share price at the end of the 
performance period.  A share price lower than 50% of the original grant price will 
result in zero SPPRs vesting; should the share price more than double the original 
grant price, a maximum of 200% of the number of rights will vest. In between half and 
double, the rights vest on a proportionate basis. 

SPPRs provide strong alignment to shareholders' interests and use share price as the 
performance hurdle.  It will motivate our Executives to take action that results in 
enhanced shareholder return. 

The FY2016 financial outcomes have resulted in zero cash payments being made to the 
Executives under the cash component of the Combined Incentive Plan.  SPPRs have 
been granted during FY2016, in accordance with the equity portion of the Combined 
Incentive Plan, which remain subject to the share price performance condition until 
the end of the two year vesting period.  The amount granted is calculated as one third 
of the Executive’s Combined Incentive target. 

See page 37 

See page 38 

See page 37 

LTI PLAN 

How has the LTI Plan performed this 
year? 

As a result of not achieving the required minimum, there will be zero vesting of the 
LTI awards.   

See page 41 

What are the performance hurdles for 
the LTI Plan? 

There are two equally-weighted performance hurdles for the LTI Plan, relative Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) and Earnings Per Share (EPS). 

See page 39 

How long is the performance period for 
the LTI Plan? 

The performance period is four years. 

Does the LTI Plan allow for retesting? 

No, there is no retesting of the LTI for Executives. 

Does an Executive receive dividends on 
the unvested LTI? 

Have there been any changes to the LTI 
Plan this year? 

Are there any LTI Plan changes planned 
for FY2017? 

No, there are no dividends paid on the unvested LTI.   

No changes have occurred for existing LTI grants.  

Yes, following a review of the existing comparator group for our relative TSR 
performance hurdle (50% of the grant), future grants will have a slightly varied 
comparator group aligned to our current competitive landscape.   

The focus of Executives on the delivery of the Company's 'Realize our future' strategy 
and leading the change will be achieved through the provision of strategic 
performance rights (50% of the grant).   These performance hurdles will be subject to 
the achievement of cost reduction and net debt to EBITDA targets measured at the end 
of FY2018, both of which are key to the delivery of the strategy. A further two year 
restriction period will apply on the shares following the measurement of the targets.  
Details of performance against the targets will be disclosed retrospectively due to the 
commercially sensitive nature of the targets.   

During FY2017, we will review the LTI Plan performance hurdles for FY2018 grants to 
ensure the motivational value of this portion of our Executives' remuneration is 
effective into the future.   

See page 39 

See page 41 

See page 40 

See page 39 

See page 39 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

KMP COVERED IN THIS REPORT 
Set out below is a list of the Executives of the Company whose remuneration details are outlined in this Remuneration Report.  Except where 
noted, these Executives were employed for all of FY2016 in the positions noted below.  The use of the term “Executives” throughout this report 
refers to the Executives listed.  These Executives in addition to the NEDs listed on page 43 of the Annual Report, comprised the KMP of the 
Company for FY2016, as defined under the Accounting Standards. 

NAME 

POSITION 

COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE 

KMP DURATION 

Andrew Wood 

Chief Executive Officer 

Australia 

Filippo Abba 

Group Managing Director – Improve and Major Projects 

United Kingdom 

Robert (Chris) Ashton 

Regional Managing Director – Europe, Africa & Middle East 

United States 

1 January 2016 (commenced) 

Dennis Finn 

Group Managing Director/Chief Executive Officer, Advisian 

United Kingdom 

1 July 2015 (commenced) 

Thomas Honan 

Group Managing Director Finance/CFO 

Denis Lucey 

Regional Managing Director – Asia Pacific 

Australia 

Indonesia 

1 December 2015 (commenced) 

1 January 2016 (commenced) 

Christopher Parker1 

Regional Managing Director – Americas 

United States 

1 January 2016 (commenced) 

Simon Holt2 

Chief Financial Officer 

David Steele3 

Group Managing Director – Services 

Australia 

Australia 

1 December 2015 (ceased) 

1 January 2016 (ceased) 

1  Mr Parker was KMP for FY2015, ceased to be KMP on 30 June 2015 and was reinstated on 1 January 2016. 
2  Mr Holt ceased to be KMP on 1 December 2015 and ceased employment on 11 February 2016.   
3  Mr Steele ceased to be KMP on 1 January 2016 when he moved to another role prior to his retirement on 30 June 2016. 

2. REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK 

GUIDING REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES  
The guiding principles for executive remuneration are driven from the Company beliefs.  The beliefs guide our actions, making it clear what we 
are accountable for and how we achieve success: 

COMPANY BELIEFS 

DELIVER WHAT WE 
PROMISE 

ZERO HARM 

PRUDENTLY 
CONTAIN COST AND 
ELIMINATE WASTE 

BUILD ENDURING 
CUSTOMER 
RELATIONSHIPS 

DEVELOP AND 
REWARD TEAMS 
WHO DELIVER ON 
CUSTOMER 
EXPECTATIONS 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES 

These principles 
drive the behaviors 
and results to help us 
achieve our strategy 
and vision 

Provide a fair level of reward in order to retain and attract high caliber employees 

Build a culture of achievement by providing a transparent link between reward and performance 

Build long term employee commitment through continued WorleyParsons share ownership 

Promote mutually beneficial outcomes by aligning employee, customer and shareholder interests 

Support the expectations of the Diversity and Inclusion Policy 

34  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 
Executive remuneration is structured to recognise an individual’s role, responsibilities, qualifications and experience as well as to drive 
performance over the short and long term.  The proportion of variable pay is reflective of an Executive’s ability to influence Company 
performance through their role. The diagram below provides a high level overview of the various remuneration components, timing for their 
delivery and their link to the remuneration principles: 

* Excludes Dennis Finn (refer page 40). 

REMUNERATION DECISION MAKING 
Remuneration decision making within the Company follows set processes through which various stakeholders are involved; these include: 

Board 
•  ensures remuneration policies and structures are competitive, fair, and aligned with the long term interests of the Company; 

•  sets and approves remuneration structures; and 

•  approves NED, CEO and other Executive remuneration quantum; 

Nominations Committee  
•  reviews and assesses the CEO’s performance; and 

•  advises the Board on the CEO’s remuneration, including amount, structure and applicable performance targets; 

Remuneration Committee 
•  assists/advises the Board in relation to remuneration structuring and policies, NED remuneration, performance assessment and remuneration 

for Executives, and where required, engaging independent advisors for advice on remuneration structure and quantum for Executives, 
including the CEO, and NEDs. 

Management 

The CEO recommends pay increases and incentive outcomes for the Executives, other than the CEO. At the request of the Nominations and/or 
Remuneration Committees, management: 

•  provides information relevant to remuneration decisions; and  

•  where appropriate, liaises with independent advisors to assist the Nominations and/or Remuneration Committees with factual information 

(subject to prior Board approval of the provider). 

All remuneration decisions relating to Executives are made by the Board. However, where appropriate, management is included in Committee 
and Board discussions. 

External Market Data and External Consultants  

Market data is sourced from published reports and independent surveys.  Where required, external consultants are engaged by the Board and 
Committees to provide advice or information. Any advice or recommendations provided by external consultants are used as a guide. They are 
not a substitute for the Board and Committee decision-making process. There were no remuneration recommendations made by consultants in 
relation to KMP in FY2016.  

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  35 

 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

Benchmarking of total remuneration and remuneration mix for Executives during FY2016 was performed by Aon Hewitt, an independent 
research and advisory remuneration consulting firm.  This advice was used as a guide, and was not a substitute for thorough consideration of all 
of the issues by the Remuneration Committee.  The cost of advice and assistance by Aon Hewitt for the Executives is not material for either party.  
Aon Hewitt was engaged by and reported to the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.  The Board is therefore satisfied that the information 
provided by Aon Hewitt was free from undue influence by members of the Executive group to whom the remuneration benchmark information 
related.   

Frederic W. Cook, an independent remuneration consulting firm, was engaged to provide commentary and analytical support on the collation of 
industry peer group data, no advice was provided.  The cost of the support was not material for either party. 

Orient Capital calculated the TSR for the purpose of vesting LTI.  The amount paid to Orient Capital for TSR reporting is not material for either 
party. 

EXECUTIVE MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT 
The Executive minimum shareholding requirement applies to Executives to reinforce the Company’s objective of aligning their interests with the 
interests of shareholders, and to foster an increased focus on building long term shareholder value. 

To satisfy the requirement, Executives must retain equity delivered via incentive plans until they hold shares equivalent in value to two times 
Fixed Pay (four times Fixed Pay for the CEO) and must subsequently maintain that multiple. 

Compliance with the requirement is assessed as at 30 June each year. The table on page 46 provides a summary of the position of each Executive 
against the requirement as at 30 June 2016. 

In addition, under the Company’s Securities Dealing Policy, directors and Executives are not permitted to hedge unvested performance rights or 
shares that count towards an Executive’s minimum holding requirement. This ensures that Executives cannot “limit the risk” associated with 
these instruments and are subject to the same impacts from fluctuations in the share price as all other shareholders. 

CLAWBACK (MALUS) PROVISION 
The Company maintains a Clawback provision within the Combined Incentive Plan and the LTI Plan. 

If in the Board’s opinion, an employee: 

•  acts fraudulently or dishonestly; 

•  is in breach of their obligations to the Company or another Group company; or 

•  received awards based on financial accounts which are later restated, 

the Board may determine that unvested performance rights lapse; this is also known as a Malus provision. The Board may also deem any vested 
but unexercised performance rights to have lapsed. Additionally, the Board may seek to recover shares received from exercised rights. 

CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE OF CONTROL 
Where an Executive leaves the Group, the Board may exercise its discretion and allow a portion of any unvested rights to remain in the plan. 
Rights will subsequently vest and be exercised in the ordinary course, having regard to such factors as the Board determines relevant. Such 
factors would include performance against applicable performance hurdles, as well as the performance and contribution that the relevant 
Executive has made. Generally, the Board only exercises discretion in special circumstances, such as retirement. 

In the event of a change of control of the Company (e.g. where a third party unconditionally acquires more than 50% of the issued share capital of 
the Company), the Board will exercise its discretion to determine whether any or all unvested rights vest, having regard to pro-rata performance 
against applicable performance hurdles up to the date of the change of control. 

36  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
3. EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION IN DETAIL 

REMUNERATION MIX FOR EXECUTIVES  
The targeted mix of remuneration components shown in the graph below refers to the incentive that would be payable if all performance 
conditions are satisfied and assumes vesting of the Combined Incentive Plan, comprised of a cash and equity incentive and LTI awards at 100%. 
Allowances and benefits are for specific purposes and are excluded in determining the mix. Actual incentive remuneration paid to the Executives 
can vary for individuals depending on the extent that they meet or exceed performance requirements. 

Further details in relation to the Company’s incentive arrangements, the performance conditions imposed and the outcomes of those 
arrangements (based on the Company’s performance over FY2016 and prior years), are set out on page 40 under the Combined Incentive Plan 
and LTI Plan outcome sections.  

Targeted pay mix for Executives 

AT RISK REMUNERATION 
By linking pay to performance via incentive plans, the Company focuses on total reward and provides motivation to Executives to achieve 
outcomes beyond the standard expected in the normal course of ongoing employment.  The elements of remuneration that are at risk are the 
Combined Incentive Plan and the LTI Plan. The following tables provide details on each of the Plans. 

COMBINED INCENTIVE PLAN 

The Combined Incentive Plan for Executives is made up of two thirds cash (Cash Incentive) and one third equity (Equity Incentive).   The 
minimum potential value of the Combined Incentive Plan is zero where applicable hurdles have not been met.  To be eligible for an incentive 
payment, generally participants must have been employed for at least three months of the financial year and remain in employment at the date of 
payment/vesting.  Outlined below is a detailed summary of the Cash and Equity Incentive components: 

Cash Incentive (two thirds of target incentive) 

Performance targets are set and measured through both financial and non-financial KPIs.  These KPIs are agreed at the beginning of the financial 
year and the Board retains rigorous oversight, to ensure they retain sufficient stretch, and appropriate thresholds. 

Gate opener1 

Individual thresholds will apply for each KPI to provide the Executive’s line of sight over achieving their targets. 
Financial KPIs require achievement above 80% of budget (such as Group NPAT or business line EBIT) for the sliding 
scale to start to apply – 5% awarded for each 1% achieved above 80%, capped at 200% (at 120% achievement against 
budget).   

Maximum payout1 

Maximum payout of 150% of target incentive. 

Incentive delivery and 
payment timing 

Payment of the award will be made as a gross cash amount at the end of the performance period. 

KPI weighting for 
FY2016 

CEO – 60% financial/40% non-financial. 
Other Executives – Either 50% financial/50% non-financial or 60% financial/40% non-financial. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  37 

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

Cash Incentive (two thirds of target incentive) 

KPI details for FY2016 - 
chosen due to their 
direct link to the 
Company's priorities for 
the period, and in 
alignment with the best 
interests of shareholders 

Financial  
Group NPAT - Group NPAT is based upon audited financial statements to ensure the performance assessment for 
financial KPIs is aligned with business performance and the creation of value for shareholders. The results are 
adjusted at Board discretion, to exclude abnormal items. 
Business line financial targets - Financial goals specific to the business line e.g. Earnings Before Interest and Tax 
(EBIT). 
Cash collection - Cash collection is measured via days sales outstanding. 
Non-financial  
Health, safety and environment performance - Reduction in the number of reportable incidents and the 
demonstration of personal and visible leadership in support of the Company’s goal of Zero Harm. 
Successful implementation of the business plan and/or strategic priorities for the business line - Targeted 
business growth, customer retention, customer satisfaction and acquisition (the specific goals for Executives relating 
to strategic imperatives are considered commercially sensitive to disclose). 

Performance and 
forfeiture conditions 
(including Malus) 

The KPIs listed above were chosen in alignment with the key strategic areas of focus for the Company, and are 
rewarded after they have been achieved as determined by the Board. 
Refer the Clawback (Malus) provision - see page 36. 

1 Variation for Dennis Finn - The Advisian EBIT results are measured against the target and used as a multiplier that applies to the incentive payout calculation.  Achievement 
must be greater than 50%, otherwise the multiplier, and therefore the incentive payment is zero; between 51% and 75% achievement, the multiplier increases linearly; and above 
75% (up to 200%), the multiplier is equivalent to the achievement percentage.  The overall payment is subject to a maximum of 200% of target.  This incentive plan arrangement 
reflects the higher leveraged model typical in professional services and focuses the Advisian business line as it grows into a world-class global advisory business. 

Equity Incentive (one third of target incentive) 

The performance rights provided through the Equity Incentive are called Share Price Performance Rights (SPPRs).  SPPRs are granted annually 
as performance rights. The vesting period for the SPPRs is two years.  The number of rights is determined by dividing the dollar value of the 
award achieved by the face value of shares.  The grant price for the FY2016 allocation of SPPRs was $7.46, based on 10 day volume weighted 
average price following the release of the FY2015 results. 

Gate opener 

The threshold relates to the share price at the end of the performance period.  If the closing share price is half or less 
than half the opening share price, the SPPRs lapse. 

Maximum payout 

The maximum number of SPPRs that convert to shares is double the original amount that was granted. 

Incentive delivery 
and payment timing 

If the share price doubles (or more than doubles) over the two year performance period, the rights convert into twice 
the number of shares. If the share price halves (or more than halves), the rights do not convert into any shares and they 
lapse. In between double and half the share price, the rights vest on a proportionate basis. 

Performance and 
forfeiture conditions 
(including Malus) 

The Executive must maintain a satisfactory performance rating during the performance period. See ‘Incentive delivery 
and payment timing’ above for the additional share price performance conditions. 
Should the accounts be restated during the performance period or where an employee has acted fraudulently or 
dishonestly or is in breach of their obligations to the Company, the award may be forfeited. 

Dividends 

Not applicable, no dividends are payable on unvested rights.  

Examples  
The four examples are 
based on a notional 
grant of 1,000 SPPRs 
with a notional 
WorleyParsons share 
price of $8.00 at the 
time the SPPRs are 
issued i.e. a notional 
value of $8,000. 

In two years’ time: 
Scenario 1: The opening share price rises to $20.00 (i.e. more than doubles). The 1,000 SPPRs convert to 2,000 shares and 
their total value = $40,000. The Executive’s incentive has delivered a $40,000 reward (in shares) i.e. $32,000 above the 
notional $8,000 value at the time of issue. 
Scenario 2: The opening share price rises to $12.00. The 1,000 SPPRs convert to 1,000 x ($12/$8) = 1,500 shares and their 
total value = $18,000. The Executive’s incentive has delivered an $18,000 reward (in shares) i.e. $10,000 above the 
notional $8,000 value at the time of issue. 
Scenario 3: The opening share price falls to $6.00. The 1,000 SPPRs convert to 1,000 x ($6/$8) = 750 shares and their total 
value = $4,500. The Executive’s incentive has delivered a $4,500 reward (in shares) i.e. $3,500 below the notional $8,000 
value at the time of issue. 
Scenario 4: The opening share price halves or more; then the SPPRs lapse and no shares are issued. 

SPPRs were not granted in FY2016 for the Executives who commenced in their roles after the grant of SPPRs was made in October 2015. 

38  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 

The provision of LTI is currently assessed through two equally weighted, independent performance targets (TSR and EPS) that align an 
Executive’s interests with shareholder returns while driving long term Company performance.    

LTI grants are delivered to Executives as rights that are issued under the WorleyParsons Performance Rights Plan.  After vesting, each right 
entitles the holder to one fully paid ordinary share in the Company at a nil exercise price (i.e. a zero exercise price option).  The number of rights 
issued is based on the Executive’s target LTI with reference to the underlying share price when the rights are issued. Rights vest and are 
automatically exercised (unless an Executive elects otherwise) after a four year vesting period, subject to defined performance hurdles being 
satisfied.  Where rights cannot be readily issued in certain overseas jurisdictions due to differing securities laws and taxation treatments, the LTI 
Plan rules ensure a participant can still be rewarded for their contribution, while catering for the local restrictions on the issue of securities. 

Relative Total 
Shareholder Return 
(TSR) - 50% of 
potential LTI  

The TSR measure represents the change in the value of the Company’s share price over a period, including reinvested 
dividends, expressed as a percentage of the opening value of the shares.  Relative TSR has been chosen as a 
performance hurdle because, in the opinion of the Board, it provides the most direct measure of shareholder return and 
reflects an investor’s choice to invest in this company or direct competitors. 
Executives will only derive value from the TSR component of the LTI Plan if the Company’s TSR performance is at least 
at the median of the companies in the peer comparison group over a four year period. Executives are not provided an 
opportunity to retest under the TSR measure.   
The vesting schedule of the rights subject to the relative TSR hurdle is as follows: 

RELATIVE TSR PERCENTILE RANKING 

PERCENTAGE OF RIGHTS THAT MAY BE EXERCISED IF THE 
RELATIVE TSR HURDLE IS MET 

Less than 50th percentile 

At 50th percentile 

Greater than the 50th percentile but less 
than the 75th percentile 

0% 

25% 

Pro-rated vesting between 25% and 50% 

At 75th percentile or greater 

50% (i.e. maximum available under the plan)  

For LTI grants made since FY2013, the comparator group comprises the companies shown below: 
AECOM, Aker Solutions, AMEC Foster Wheeler, Arcadis, Atkins, Balfour Beatty, Cardno, Chicago Bridge & Iron 
Company, CIMIC, Downer EDI, Fluor Corporation, Fugro, Jacobs Engineering Group, JGC Corporation, KBR, 
McDermott International, Monadelphous Group, SNC Lavalin, , Saipem, Serco Group, Stantec, Technip, Tecnicas 
Reunidas, Tetra Tech, UGL and Wood Group.  The Board has discretion to adjust the comparator group to take into 
account events including, but not limited to, takeovers or mergers that might occur during the performance period.  
For LTI grants in FY2017, the comparator group will include a revised list of companies that were identified by the 
Board as having similar business profiles and with which the Company competes for capital and executive talent, these 
include: AECOM, Aker Solutions, AMEC Foster Wheeler, Arcadis, Fluor Corporation, Fugro, Jacobs Engineering 
Group, JGC Corporation, KBR, Petrofac, SNC Lavalin, Stantec, Tetra Tech, Wood Group and WSP Global. 

Basic EPS is determined by dividing the Group NPAT by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary 
shares on issue during the financial year. Growth in EPS will be measured by comparing the EPS in the financial year 
immediately preceding the issue and the EPS in the measurement year. EPS has been chosen as a performance hurdle 
because it provides a clear line of sight between Executive performance and Company performance. It is also a 
well-recognized and understood measure of performance both within and outside the organization. The Group NPAT 
may be adjusted by the Board, where appropriate, to better reflect operating performance. 
Executives will only derive value from the EPS component of the grants made in FY2016 if the Company achieves 
average compound growth in EPS of at least 4% per annum above the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) over 
the four year performance period. 
The vesting schedule of the rights subject to the EPS hurdle is as follows: 

AVERAGE COMPOUND GROWTH IN EPS OVER THE 
PERFORMANCE PERIOD 

PERCENTAGE OF RIGHTS THAT MAY BE EXERCISED IF THE 
EPS HURDLE IS MET 

Less than 4% p.a. above the increase in CPI 

4% p.a. above the increase in CPI 

0% 

25% 

More than 4% p.a. above the increase in CPI but less than 
8% p.a. above the increase in CPI 

Pro-rated vesting between 25% and 50% 

8% p.a. or greater above the increase in CPI 

50% (i.e. maximum available under the plan)  

Earnings Per Share 
(EPS) - 50% of 
potential LTI 

A review of the LTI Plan performance hurdles will occur for future grants to ensure it continues to motivate our Executives into the future.  

For LTI grants in FY2017, the EPS hurdle will be replaced with a strategic performance hurdle, see page 33. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

Rights granted under the LTI Plan carry no voting or dividend entitlements. In addition, other than in relation to bonus issues and capital 
reorganizations (when the number of rights may be adjusted by the Board in accordance with the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing 
Rules, so as to ensure no advantage or disadvantage to the Executive), the rights carry no entitlement to participate in new share issues made by 
the Company. The Board has determined that the number of securities issued to Executives and all other participants under the Company’s 
equity plans should be capped at 5% of the issued share capital of the Company over a five year time horizon. Currently, the number of securities 
issued and held pursuant to the equity plans represents 2.01% of the Company’s issued share capital (FY2015: 1.71%). 

With the exception of Dennis Finn who has a varied pay mix more aligned with professional services, all current Executives are able to receive 
rights through the LTI Plan.   Details of the rights granted to Executives as the LTI component of their remuneration in FY2016 are outlined on 
page 47.  

Exercise of rights and allocation of shares 
To the extent that the performance hurdles have been satisfied, rights are automatically exercised (unless an Executive elects otherwise) and 
participants acquire shares in the Company at a nil exercise price. 
Shares allocated to participants upon exercise of rights rank equally with all other ordinary shares on issue. Participants will have unencumbered 
ownership of the shares, subject to compliance with the Company’s Securities Dealing Policy and minimum shareholding requirement. 

COMPANY PERFORMANCE OVER A FIVE YEAR PERIOD  
The table below contains a snapshot of the Company’s performance against annual financial KPIs and shows how the Company’s performance 
has impacted on remuneration outcomes for Executives under the Company’s incentive programs.  

The remuneration arrangements for Executives ensure that remuneration outcomes are lower when the Company’s performance does not justify 
large awards, and higher when Company performance is strong. As demonstrated by the table, Combined Incentive and LTI Plan outcomes have 
moved in line with the Company’s performance against relevant key metrics: 

FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE

FY2011

FY2012

FY2013

FY2014

FY2015

FY2016

Closing share price ($)

Dividends paid1 (cents per share)

TSR portion of LTI 

1 year TSR for the Company (%)

1 year TSR for median of peer group (%)

Vesting outcome of LTI (%)

EPS portion of LTI 

Underlying EPS (cents per share)2

Vesting outcome of LTI (%)

Combined Incentive3 

Underlying NPAT ($’m)4

Average % of maximum Combined
Incentive awarded to Executives (%)

Share price used for SPPR grant ($)5

28.24

86.0

37.4

40.8

nil

121.5

nil

298.5

27.1

-

25.10

91.0

(6.8)

(21.9)

70

140.6

nil

345.6

47.0

19.49

92.5

(19.6)

21.6

nil

130.8

nil

322.1

nil

17.41

85.0

(6.8)

1.4

nil

106.8

nil

263.4

nil

10.41

56.0

(36.4)

(23.6)

nil

98.4

nil

243.1

nil

7.20

-

(30.2)

(4.0)

nil

61.8

nil

153.1

nil

-

-

-

-

$7.46

ANNUALIZED 
GROWTH 
OVER FIVE 
YEARS

(23.9%)

(100.0%)

(12.6%)

(12.5%)

1  No final dividend for FY2016. 
2  Underlying EPS, which in the Board’s opinion reflects the Company’s operating results, has been used to calculate the outcomes. 
3  The Combined Incentive Plan was introduced in FY2013; previously, this was the Short Term Incentive Plan. 
4  Group NPAT was considered to reflect the Company’s operating results for FY2013 and has been used to calculate the remuneration outcomes for that financial year. For all other financial periods 
represented in this table, underlying NPAT has been used to calculate the remuneration outcomes. Underlying NPAT excludes impairment of goodwill, net gain on revaluation of investments previously 
accounted for as equity accounted associates and joint operations, restructuring costs (net of tax), write off of investments accounted for as equity accounted associates and other adjustments at the Board 
discretion, being the difference between reported Group NPAT and underlying NPAT. 
5 The first grant of SPPRs was made during FY2016 to Executives, calculated as one third of their Combined Incentive target.  See page 47 for further details. 

REMUNERATION OUTCOMES IN FY2016  

COMBINED INCENTIVE PLAN OUTCOMES  

As outlined in the description of the Combined Incentive Plan on pages 37-38, reward outcomes for Executives are linked to performance against 
annual financial and non-financial KPIs for the cash component.  

In the five year table above and the following graph, the Company performance is compared to variable pay outcomes for each 12 month period.   

Based on the Company’s financial performance and performance against individual KPIs, there were no resulting payments for the Cash 
Incentive portion of the Combined Incentive Plan for FY2016 as detailed in the table on page 44.  Details of the grant of SPPRs are provided on 
page 47. 

40  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The graph below illustrates the average Combined Incentive as a percentage of maximum awarded to Executives over each of the past five years 
compared to underlying NPAT. It demonstrates Executives have not been rewarded during this difficult period: 

Average % of maximum Combined Incentive awarded to Executives compared to underlying NPAT  

1 The average Combined Incentive as a percentage of maximum for any financial year relates to amounts paid in the September following that financial year end.  
2 Underlying NPAT figures are used for this graph, in 2013 these are the same as reported Group NPAT figures. 

SPPRs granted during FY2016 will be displayed in the above graph upon vesting, should this occur. 

LTI PLAN OUTCOMES 
The graph below tracks the Company’s TSR over the last four years against the median TSR of the peer comparison group used for the LTI Plan: 

TSR performance measured over the last four years 

This graph illustrates that growth in the Company’s TSR was below median, which has resulted in a nil vesting for Executives for TSR related 
LTI granted in FY2013. As vesting was not achieved, the TSR performance rights will lapse on 30 September 2016.  Over the same four year 
period, the Company’s EPS growth was below the minimum required to trigger vesting against the EPS performance hurdle for LTI granted in 
FY2013. EPS performance rights will lapse on 30 September 2016. No retest applies to either measure. 

The LTI Plan has not achieved the required performance hurdles for the last four years, demonstrating the alignment of our Executive 
remuneration outcomes with shareholder returns.  It is important that we are able to continue to motivate our Executives to deliver value to our 
shareholders over the long term and we will review the LTI Plan during FY2017 to ensure that we continue to use the most appropriate 
performance hurdles. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

Summary of vested rights 

The table below shows the recent history of vesting of Executives’ equity grants: 

GRANT 

FY2011 

FY2012 

FY2013 

FY20135 

PERFORMANCE PERIOD

01 Jul 10 – 30 Jun 13

01 Jul 11 – 30 Jun 14

01 Jul 12 – 30 Jun 15

01 Jul 12 – 30 Jun 16

TSR PERCENTILE
ACHIEVED1

RETESTED
TSR PERCENTILE
ACHIEVED2

CHANGE IN
EPS ACHIEVED3

% OF TOTAL
LTI GRANT
VESTED/EXERCISED

VESTING DATE

VALUE PER RIGHT 
VESTED/EXERCISED4 
$ 

lowest

lowest

8th

11th

lowest

lowest

n/a

n/a

3.3%

(4.2%)

(17.0%)

(18.6%)

0%

0%

0%

0%

30 Sep 13

30 Sep 14

30 Sep 15

30 Sep 16

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

n/a 

1   Represents the Company’s relative TSR ranking over the performance period compared to the relative comparator group. 
2  Represents the Company’s retested relative TSR ranking over a four year performance period compared to the relative comparator group. 
3  Change in EPS achieved is calculated as the compound annual growth rate of EPS over the performance period. 
4  This amount is based on the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares for the 10 trading days following the annual results announcement for the year in which the rights vest (as there is no 

exercise price payable in respect of equity or cash settled rights). 

5  In FY2013 Andrew Wood was granted LTI with a four year vesting period, details provided on page 47. 

EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS  
The key aspects of Executive contracts are outlined below:  

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 

Andrew Wood 

GROUP EXECUTIVES 

Filippo Abba 

Robert (Chris) Ashton 

Dennis Finn 

Thomas Honan 

Denis Lucey 

Christopher Parker 

CONTRACT DURATION 

NON-COMPETE CLAUSES

NOTICE PERIODS1

Unlimited 

Unlimited 

Unlimited 

Unlimited 

Unlimited 

Unlimited 

Unlimited 

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

1  Notice period required to be given by the KMP to the Group is the same as the notice period required to be given by the Group to the KMP upon termination of employment.  

The contracts include the components of remuneration which are to be paid to Executives, and provide for an annual review, but do not 
prescribe how remuneration levels are to be modified from year to year.  

In the event of termination, all Executives are generally entitled to receive their statutory leave entitlements. In relation to incentive plans upon 
termination, where an Executive resigns, the Combined Incentive is paid only if the Executive is employed on the date of payment (which is 
subsequent to the performance year).  

In accordance with the plan rules, the Board retains discretion on the treatment of both vested and unvested equity in all instances of separation 
as outlined in the Combined Incentive Plan and the LTI Plan details on page 36. In exercising such discretion, this is typically on a pro-rata basis 
and subject to the original performance requirements and timing.  

At the October 2013 Annual General Meeting (AGM), the Board sought and received approval from shareholders, where discretion was applied 
for the retention of LTI following cessation of employment for the value of LTI to be disregarded when calculating the relevant participant’s cap 
for the purpose of section 200F(2)(b) or section 200G(1)(c) of the Act.  

Mr Holt ceased to be KMP from 1 December 2015 when Mr Honan commenced in the expanded role of Group Managing Director Finance/CFO. 
Mr Holt received a payment upon the cessation of his employment on 11 February 2016, reported on page 44.  In accordance with the LTI Plan 
rules a pro-rata portion of his unvested performance rights was approved by the Board in December 2015, and the pro-rated unvested equity will 
remain in place subject to the original time and performance hurdles. 

The Company did not pay sign-on payments to Executives during FY2016. 

42  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
This section outlines the remuneration arrangements in place for the Company’s Non-Executive Directors (NEDs). All directors held office for the 
whole of FY2016, except where otherwise stated. The NEDs for FY2016 are listed below: 

NAME 

John Grill 

Ron McNeilly 

Larry Benke 

Jagjeet Bindra 

Erich Fraunschiel 

John M Green 

Christopher Haynes 

Catherine Livingstone 

Wang Xiao Bin 

POSITION 

Chairman 

Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director 

Director  

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE

Australia

Australia

Canada

United States

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

Australia

Hong Kong, China

GUIDING PRINCIPLES 
The principles of fairness and shareholder alignment are reflected through the Company’s commitment to setting NED fees at a level which 
remains market competitive, while ensuring they reflect the caliber of directors required to address the significant strategic and operational 
challenges faced by the Company, domestically and abroad. 

For the fifth consecutive year, there will be no increase in annual fees for NEDs in FY2017.  The aggregate amount of fees (which include Board 
and Committee fees) that may be paid to NEDs in any year is capped at the level approved by shareholders. The current maximum aggregate 
amount of $3.25 million per annum was approved by shareholders at the 2012 AGM. Of the aggregate annual fee pool, 76% ($2.47 million) was 
utilized during FY2016 (69% ($2.23 million) for FY2015). NEDs do not receive performance related payments. 

REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 
Board and Committee fees 

Board and Committee fees for FY2016 and FY2017 are set out below. These amounts are inclusive of superannuation contributions made on 
behalf of NEDs in accordance with the Company’s statutory obligations. 

ROLE 

Chairman1,2 

Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director1 

Other NED 

Chairman of Audit and Risk Committee 

Member of Audit and Risk Committee 

Chairman of Remuneration Committee 

Member of Remuneration Committee 

Chairman of Health, Safety and Environment Committee 

Member of Health, Safety and Environment Committee 

Chairman/Member of Nominations Committee 

FY2016 ANNUAL FEES 

$520,000 

$312,000 

$194,000 

$47,000 

$26,000 

$37,000 

$21,000 

$30,000 

$12,000 

nil 

1  The Chairman of the Board and Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director do not receive additional fees for Committees of which they may be a member. 
2  Mr Grill requested a temporary reduction in his Chairman fee of $520,000 per annum in both FY2015 (reduced to $460,000) and FY2016 (reduced to $395,053). 

Other benefits 

NEDs are eligible to receive travel allowances of $5,000 per trip for additional time incurred on overseas business related travel including 
attendance at Board meetings and site visits. These payments are made within the NED fee pool. NEDs are also entitled to be reimbursed for all 
business related expenses, including travel, incurred in the discharge of their obligations.  The Company does not pay retirement benefits to 
NEDs, except where required by legislation.  From time to time, the Board may determine special fees for additional duties undertaken by 
directors. No such fees were paid in FY2016. 

REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
The remuneration outcomes of the NEDs for FY2016 and FY2015 are set out in the Remuneration Tables section of the report, on page 49.   

NED INTERESTS IN SHARES AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 
The NED beneficial interests in shares and performance rights of the Company as at 30 June 2016 is detailed in the Remuneration Tables section 
of the report, on page 49.   The service and performance criteria for the rights are discussed in the LTI Plan section on page 39.  

NED minimum shareholding requirement 

A minimum shareholding requirement exists to provide alignment between director and shareholder interests.  Each NED must build a holding 
of the Company’s ordinary shares equivalent in value to that director’s annual fee. NEDs are expected to comply with this requirement within 
their first full term of three years as a director. For the purpose of this test, the value of shares is calculated using the number of shares held at 30 
June 2016 multiplied by the five day volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares up to and including 30 June 2016 ($7.06) or 
purchase price if higher.  All NEDs currently comply with the minimum shareholding requirement. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  43 

 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

5. REMUNERATION TABLES  

STATUTORY REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
Executive remuneration is detailed in the following table in accordance with accounting standards.  

Accounting standards require the value of equity based payments to be amortized over the relevant period of performance (or vesting period). 
The value of equity based payments awarded during the year is determined as a percentage of Fixed Pay that the Company aims to deliver. This 
can be found in the Equity Incentive and LTI columns under the remuneration awarded section of Actual Remuneration Outcomes on page 45. 
The full value that was received during the year is determined as the number of performance rights vested times the share price at the end of the 
performance period. This can be found under the remuneration received section of Actual Remuneration Outcomes on page 45.  

SHORT TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

POST-
EMPLOY-
MENT 
BENEFITS 

OTHER
LONG
TERM
BENEFITS

TERMIN-
ATION
BENEFITS

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

CASH 
SALARY 
$ 

CASH
INCENTIVE1
$

OTHER
BENEFITS2
$

TOTAL
SHORT 
TERM
CASH
AND 
BENEFITS
$

SUPER-
ANNUATION
$

LONG
SERVICE
LEAVE
$

TERMIN-
ATION
BENEFITS3
$

EQUITY 
INCENTIVE4
$

LTI
EQUITY 
SETTLED4
$

TOTAL
REMUN-
ERATION
IN
ACCORDANCE 
WITH 
ACCOUNTING 
STANDARDS
$

SHARE 
BASED 
PAYMENTS 
% OF 
TOTAL 
REMUN-
ERATION 

VARIABLE 
PAY 
% OF 
TOTAL 
REMUN-
ERATION

% OF 
MAXIMUM 
STI
AWARD 
FORFEITED

Dennis Finn 

FY2016 1,225,831 

 -

455,171 1,681,002

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 

Andrew Wood 

FY2016 1,435,238 

FY2015 1,581,217 

GROUP EXECUTIVES 

Filippo Abba 

 FY2016

661,610 

FY2015

153,147 

Robert (Chris) Ashton5 

FY2016

299,410 

-

-

-

-

-

Thomas Honan6 

FY2016

542,094 

Denis Lucey5 

FY2016

356,457 

Chris Parker5 

FY2016

322,657 

FY2015

563,704 

FORMER GROUP EXECUTIVES 

Simon Holt7 

FY2016

254,682 

FY2015

531,217 

David Steele8 

FY2016

449,849 

FY2015

881,217 

Randy Karren9 

FY2015

459,525 

Ian Wilkinson9 

FY2015

365,282 

-

-

-

-

-

 -

-

 -

-

-

9,533 1,444,771

19,307

24,112

15,978 1,597,195

18,783

26,523

643,656 1,305,266

52,631

164,415

317,562

188,593

488,003

6,126

6,245

-

-

-

-

-

895

542,989

16,945

9,147

238,748

595,205

8,017

14,525

337,182

13,067

576,771

14,892

17,231

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

147,591

140,765

1,776,546

16.2% 

16.2% 100.0%

-

237,085

1,879,586

12.6% 

12.6% 100.0%

54,697

424,359

1,836,953

26.1% 

26.1% 100.0%

-

135,695

459,383

29.5% 

29.5%

N/A

18,192

10,286

522,726

5.4% 

5.4% 100.0%

190,947

-

-

-

-

 -

-

10,099

24,681

65,756

1,871,949

10.2% 

10.2% 100.0%

569,081

613,321

376,755

- 

1.6% 

6.6% 

-

100.0%

1.6% 100.0%

6.6% 100.0%

659,758

10.0% 

10.0% 100.0%

9,482

264,164

13,196

80,210

522,770

2,972

(21,080)

862,232

(2.1%) 

(2.1%)

100.0%

14,804

546,021

18,783

209,893

659,742

10,536

9,117

7,460

97,616

978,833

18,783

14,919

7,903

467,428

11,716

-

8,595

373,877

12,895

5,984

-

-

-

-

-

-

76,038

649,959

11.7% 

11.7% 100.0%

6,858 (164,823)

519,773

(30.4%) 

(30.4%)

100.0%

63,367

1,075,902

530,127

-

-

-

50,983

69,109

5.9% 

9.6% 

5.9% 100.0%

9.6% 100.0%

461,865

15.0% 

15.0% 100.0%

Total remuneration 

FY2016 5,547,828 
FY2015 4,535,309 

- 1,770,496 7,318,324
322,378 4,857,687
-

141,769
104,317

120,929
56,543

522,770
-

421,257
-

424,287
698,033

8,949,336
5,716,580

1  The amount relates to the Cash Incentive portion of the Combined Incentive Plan. 
2  This includes assignment uplifts, market adjustments and non-monetary benefits which include benefits such as expatriate benefits (i.e. housing, home leave etc. applicable to Mr Abba, Mr Ashton, Mr 
Finn, Mr Lucey and Mr Steele), health insurance, car parking, company cars or car allowances, fringe benefits tax, tax advisory services and life insurance. In some cases, these are at the election of the 
Executives i.e. they are salary sacrificed. 

3  The amount includes a payment in lieu of notice, salary received during the transition period and a separation payment.  
4  This remuneration includes a proportion of the fair value of equity compensation granted or outstanding during the year. The fair value of equity instruments is determined based on the fair value at 

grant date and is expensed progressively over the vesting period. The amount included as remuneration is not indicative of the benefit (if any) that individual Executives may ultimately realize should the 
equity instruments vest. 

5  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Ashton’s, Mr Lucey's and Mr Parker's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which commenced on 1 January 2016. 
6  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Honan's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which commenced on 1 December 2015. 
7  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Holt's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which ceased on 1 December 2015. The Board exercised its discretion to allow him to retain a 

pro-rata portion of unvested equity subject to the original time and performance hurdles. 

8  Mr Steele ceased to be an Executive on 1 January 2016 and retired from the Company effective 30 June 2016. The Board exercised its discretion to allow him to retain a pro-rata portion of unvested equity 

subject to the original time and performance hurdles with the exception of the FY2016 SPPR allocation which will be measured at the original vest date against the share price at the end of the 2016 
performance period. 

9  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Karren's and Mr Wilkinson's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which ceased on 31 March 2015 and 6 February 2015 respectively.  

Share based payments are disclosed to the extent they relate to their employment in the capacity of an Executive.  

44  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACTUAL REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
The table below shows actual remuneration awarded during the year and actual remuneration received during the year. This is separate to the 
Executive remuneration details in accordance with the Accounting Standards per page 44. 

AWARDED AND RECEIVED DURING 
REPORTING PERIOD 

AWARDED DURING REPORTING PERIOD 
DEFERRED FOR FUTURE PERIODS2 

RECEIVED DURING REPORTING PERIOD 
DEFERRED FROM PREVIOUS PERIODS3 

SHORT TERM CASH 
AND BENEFITS 
$ 

OTHER
BENEFITS1
$

EQUITY
INCENTIVE
$

TOTAL 
REMUNERATION
AWARDED
DURING 
REPORTING
PERIOD
$

LTI 
$ 

EQUITY
INCENTIVE 
$

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
Andrew Wood 

GROUP EXECUTIVES 
Filippo Abba 

Robert (Chris) Ashton4 

Dennis Finn 

Thomas Honan5 

Denis Lucey4 

Chris Parker4 

FY2016
FY2015

FY2016
FY2015

FY2016

FY2016

FY2016

FY2016

FY2016
FY2015

FORMER GROUP EXECUTIVES 
Simon Holt6 

FY2016
FY2015

David Steele7 

Randy Karren8 

Ian Wilkinson8 

Total remuneration 

FY2016
FY2015

FY2015

FY2015

FY2016
FY2015

1,444,771 
1,597,195 

1,305,266 
317,562 

488,003 

1,681,002 

542,989 

595,205 

337,182 
576,771 

264,164 
546,021 

659,742 
978,833 

467,428 

373,877 

7,318,324 
4,857,687 

43,419
45,306

52,631
6,126

6,245

727,271
-

204,188
-

153,868

-

1,042,188

-

-

-
-

138,898
-

269,999
-

-

-

26,092

8,017

14,892
17,231

616,176
27,900

17,996
33,702

11,716

18,879

785,468
160,860

1,236,356 
1,360,011 

3,451,817
3,002,512

424,187 
1,067,531 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
369,039 

219,996 
220,002 

674,999 
675,005 

238,858 

443,925 

1,986,272
1,391,219

648,116

2,723,190

569,081

603,222

352,074
963,041

1,239,234
793,923

1,622,736
1,687,540

718,002

836,681

-
-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-

26,130
-

-
-

-

-

2,536,412
-

2,555,538 
4,374,371 

13,195,742
9,392,918

26,130
-

TOTAL 
REMUNERATION 
RECEIVED
DURING 
REPORTING
PERIOD
$

1,488,190
1,642,501

1,521,084
323,688

494,248

1,681,002

569,081

603,222

352,074
627,970

906,470
603,506

677,738
1,012,535

542,426

449,688

8,293,109
5,202,314

LTI 
$ 

- 
- 

163,187 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
33,968 

- 
29,585 

- 
- 

63,282 

56,932 

163,187 
183,767 

1  This is the total of superannuation received and long service leave benefits accrued during the reporting period. 
2  Remuneration awarded during the reporting period but deferred for future periods includes equity awards granted under the Combined Incentive Plan and LTI Plan which may vest and become 

available to Executives in future periods. A grant value based on Fixed Pay (as defined on page 35) multiplied by the incentive plan payout percentage approved by the Board has been included; this is not 
indicative of the benefit (if any) that individual Executives may ultimately realize should the equity instruments vest. 

3  Remuneration received in reporting period from previous periods includes equity awards granted under the incentive plans in previous years which vested during reporting period. The Equity Incentive 

and LTI value reflects the actual value realized by the Executive. 

4  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Ashton’s, Mr Lucey's and Mr Parker's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which commenced on 1 January 2016. 
5  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Honan's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which commenced on 1 December 2015. 
6  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Holt's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which ceased on 1 December 2015.  The amount provided under 'Other Benefits' includes 
termination benefits amount shown on page 44.  The Board exercised its discretion to allow him to retain a pro-rata portion of unvested equity subject to the original time and performance hurdles. 

7  Mr Steele ceased to be an Executive on 1 January 2016 and retired from the Company effective 30 June 2016. The Board exercised its discretion to allow him to retain a pro-rata portion of unvested equity 

subject to the original time and performance hurdles with the exception of the FY2016 SPPR allocation which will be measured at the original vest date against the share price at the end of the 2016 
performance period. 

8  Remuneration is disclosed to the extent that it relates to Mr Karren's and Mr Wilkinson's employment in the capacity of an Executive, which ceased on 31 March 2015 and 6 February 2015 respectively.  

Share based payments are disclosed to the extent they relate to their employment in the capacity of an Executive. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

EXECUTIVE MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT 
Compliance with the requirement is assessed as at 30 June each year. The table below provides a summary of the position of each Executive 
against the requirement as at 30 June 2016: 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 
Andrew Wood4 
GROUP EXECUTIVES 
Filippo Abba 
Robert (Chris) Ashton 
Dennis Finn 
Thomas Honan 
Denis Lucey 
Christopher Parker 

WEIGHTED 
NUMBER OF SHARES
HELD AT 30 JUNE 20161

VALUE OF SHARES
HELD AT 30 JUNE 20162
$

ANNUAL FIXED PAY AT 
30 JUNE 20163 
$ 

PERCENTAGE
OF MINIMUM
REQUIREMENT ACHIEVED

1,090,303

7,697,539

88,121
23,554
71,776
10,000
106,741
18,747

789,406
193,485
521,093
70,600
778,210
237,150

1,600,000 

626,578 
582,135 
1,160,924 
950,000 
698,517 
636,312 

>100%

63%
17%
22%
4%
56%
19%

1  Includes shares held in the Company plus a 50% weighting of unvested performance rights provided on page 47. 
2  Calculated as the weighted number of shares held at 30 June 2016 multiplied by the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares for the five trading days up to and including 30 June 2016 

($7.06) or the price at which performance rights were allocated. 

3  The Australian dollar equivalent of annual Fixed Pay as at 30 June 2016. 
4  Effective 1 July 2015, Mr Wood elected to reduce his Fixed Pay by 10%.  The minimum shareholding requirement will be held against the higher Fixed Pay amount. 

EXECUTIVE INTERESTS IN SHARES AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS  
Executives’ beneficial interests in shares and performance rights granted as at 30 June 2016 are detailed in the table below. The service and 
performance criteria for the rights are discussed in the Combined Incentive Plan and LTI Plan sections on pages 38 and 39.  

NUMBER OF SHARES AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS HELD IN WORLEYPARSONS LIMITED 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 
Andrew Wood 

GROUP EXECUTIVES 
Filippo Abba 

Robert (Chris) Ashton2 

Dennis Finn 

Thomas Honan3 

Denis Lucey2 

Christopher Parker4 

TYPE 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

FORMER GROUP EXECUTIVES 
Simon Holt5 

Shares 
Rights 

David Steele5 

Total 

Shares 
Rights 

Shares 
Rights 

BALANCE AT
1 JULY 2015

GRANTED
PERFORMANCE
RIGHTS 

ON EXERCISE OF 
PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS 

CHANGE IN
STATUS

OTHER
TRANSACTIONS1

BALANCE AT 
30 JUNE 2016

856,565
211,226

-
91,256

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

8,329
26,065

126,079
110,566

990,973
439,113

n/a
270,472

n/a
86,553

n/a
-

n/a
143,552

n/a
-

n/a
-

n/a
-

n/a
49,435

n/a
130,165

n/a
680,177

- 
- 

26,641 
(26,641) 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

4,337 
(4,337) 

- 
- 

30,978 
(30,978) 

-
-

-
-

10,255
26,598

-
-

-
-

104,088
5,306

7,455
22,585

(12,666)
(21,457)

(126,079)
(214,769)

(16,947)
(181,737)

-
(14,222)

(14,104)
-

-
-

-
-

10,000
-

-
-

-
-

-
(49,706)

-
(25,962)

(4,104)
(89,890)

856,565
467,476

12,537
151,168

10,255
26,598

-
143,552

10,000
-

104,088
5,306

7,455
22,585

-
-

-
-

1,000,900
816,685

1  Where the Company incurs overseas withholding tax obligations due to the vesting of the Executives’ performance rights, a sufficient number of the shares that the Executive otherwise would have      
retained following vesting of their performance rights will be relinquished in order to enable the Company to meet its withholding tax obligations. 
2  Mr Ashton and Mr Lucey commenced in the role as an Executive effective 1 January 2016.   
3  Mr Honan commenced in the role as an Executive effective 1 December 2015. 
4  Mr Parker was KMP for FY2015, ceased to be KMP on 30 June 2015 and was reinstated on 1 January 2016. 
5  Mr Holt and Mr Steele ceased to be an Executive effective 1 December 2015 and 1 January 2016 respectively. 

46  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Details of vested and outstanding rights over the last five years - full details of prior year equity grants are set out in the remuneration report 
for the relevant year. 

FAIR
VALUE
PER
RIGHT
OF (AT
GRANT
DATE)2
$

FAIR
VALUE
OF
GRANT
(AT
GRANT
DATE)3
$

DATE
OF
GRANT

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
GRANTED1

VESTING
DATE/
FIRST
EXERCISE
DATE

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
VESTED

EXPIRY
DATE

VALUE
OF
RIGHTS
VESTED4
$

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
EXERCISED

VALUE
OF
RIGHTS
EXERCISED4
$

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
LAPSED5

VALUE
OF
RIGHTS
LAPSED6
$

% OF
RIGHTS
LAPSED

PLAN 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 

Andrew Wood 

LTI 

30 Oct 15

170,297

30 Oct 14

83,232

3.69

8.62

628,396 30 Sep 19 28 Oct 22

717,460 30 Sep 18 30 Oct 21

24 Oct 13

60,688

13.59

824,750 30 Sep 17 24 Oct 20

23 Oct 12

53,084

15.76

836,604 30 Sep 16 18 Oct 19

17 Oct 11

14,222

17.69

251,587 30 Sep 15 17 Oct 18

SPPR 

30 Oct 15

100,175

4.42

442,774 31 Oct 17 28 Oct 22

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

2,947

27.70

81,632 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19

01 Oct 12

2,947

27.70

81,632 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,947

2,947

57,741

50,606

2,947

2,947

57,741

50,606

GROUP EXECUTIVES   

Filippo Abba7 

LTI 

SPPR 

30 Oct 15

01 Apr 15

01 Apr 15

01 Apr 15

01 Apr 15

30 Oct 15

58,428

11,333

26,641

26,641

26,641

28,125

Robert (Chris) Ashton8  Combined Incentive 

30 Oct 15

21,194

3.69

5.37

7.82

8.40

9.02

4.42

5.15

215,599 30 Sep 19 28 Oct 22

60,858 30 Sep 18 01 Apr 22

208,333 30 Sep 17 01 Apr 22

223,784 30 Sep 16 01 Apr 22

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

240,302 30 Sep 15 01 Apr 22 26,641

198,742

26,641

198,742

124,313 30 Sep 17 28 Oct 22

109,149 30 Sep 18 28 Oct 22

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

14,222

251,587 100.0%

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,720

3,736

1,442

1,442

-

-

4,901

5,244

1,485

1,484

-

-

-

-

-

35,211

61,046

28,254

24,762

-

-

36,561

85,687

29,096

25,483

-

-

-

-

-

4,720

3,736

1,442

1,442

-

-

4,901

5,244

1,485

1,484

-

-

-

-

-

35,211

61,046

28,254

24,762

-

-

36,561

85,687

29,096

25,483

-

-

-

-

-

4,337

2,842

-

1,436

1,435

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

32,354

46,438

-

28,136

24,642

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,337

2,842

-

1,436

1,435

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

25,615

86,784 84.5%

8,018

2,856

27,165 59.6%

9,676 34.6%

32,354

46,438

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13,217

44,780 69.1%

28,136

24,642

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

69,683

504,120 74.9%

20,640

149,320 50.0%

30,120

217,902 100.0%

13,174

13,173

12,789

95,307 100.0%

95,300 100.0%

92,522 100.0%

18,570

134,344 49.9%

2,615

2,615

51,236

44,905

2,615

2,615

51,236

44,905

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11,876

115,135 81.2%

6,246

1,428

3,684

60,554 56.3%

13,844 31.3%

55,739 100.0%

6,079

2,261

2,261

99,331

44,300

38,826

6,079

2,261

2,261

99,331

44,300

38,826

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  47 

4,310

17.25

74,348 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

3,263

19.14

62,454 30 Sep 14 17 Oct 18

4,310

3,263

30,810

53,317

4,310

3,263

30,810

53,317

Equity 

30 Oct 14

08 Feb 13

17 Oct 11

5,404

11.42

61,714 30 Sep 17 30 Oct 21

4,720

17.25

81,420 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

3,736

19.14

71,507 30 Sep 14 17 Oct 18

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

1,442

27.70

39,943 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19

01 Oct 12

1,442

27.70

39,943 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

Dennis Finn8 

Combined Incentive 

30 Oct 15

SPPR 

30 Oct 15

62,492

81,060

5.15

4.42

321,834 30 Sep 18 28 Oct 22

358,285 30 Sep 17 28 Oct 22

Denis Lucey8 

Combined Incentive 

08 Feb 13

4,901

17.25

84,542 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

Equity 

17 Oct 11

5,244

19.14

100,370 30 Sep 14 17 Oct 18

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

1,485

27.70

41,135 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19

01 Oct 12

1,484

27.70

41,107 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

Christopher Parker8 

LTI 

30 Oct 14

18,522

8.62

159,660 30 Sep 18 30 Oct 21

Combined Incentive 

30 Oct 14

4,063

11.42

46,399 30 Sep 17 30 Oct 21

Equity 

FORMER GROUP EXECUTIVES 

Simon Holt9 

LTI 

08 Feb 13

17 Oct 11

30 Oct 15

30 Oct 14

24 Oct 13

08 Feb 13

17 Oct 11

30,303

13,464

3.69

8.62

111,818 30 Sep 19 28 Oct 22

116,060 30 Sep 18 30 Oct 21

8,264

13.59

112,308 30 Sep 17 24 Oct 20

4,337

17.25

74,813 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

2,842

19.14

54,396 30 Sep 14 17 Oct 18

SPPR 

30 Oct 15

19,132

4.42

84,563 30 Sep 17 28 Oct 22

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

1,436

27.70

39,777 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19

David Steele9 

LTI 

01 Oct 12

1,435

27.70

39,750 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

30 Oct 15

30 Oct 14

92,975

41,310

3.69

8.62

343,078 30 Sep 19 28 Oct 22

356,092 30 Sep 18 30 Oct 21

24 Oct 13

30,120

13.59

409,331 30 Sep 17 24 Oct 20

08 Feb 13

13,174

15.39

202,748 30 Sep 16 18 Oct 19

08 Feb 13

13,173

15.13

199,307 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

17 Oct 11

12,789

17.69

226,237 30 Sep 15 17 Oct 18

SPPR 

30 Oct 15

37,190

4.42

164,380 30 Sep 17 28 Oct 22

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

2,615

27.70

72,436 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19

01 Oct 12

2,615

27.70

72,436 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

Randy Karren11 

LTI 

30 Oct 14

14,618

8.62

126,007 30 Sep 18 30 Oct 21

24 Oct 13

11,102

13.59

150,876 30 Sep 17 24 Oct 20

08 Feb 13

08 Feb 13

17 Oct 11

4,566

15.39

70,271 30 Sep 16 18 Oct 19

4,565

15.13

69,068 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

6,079

19.14

116,352 30 Sep 14 17 Oct 18

Equity 

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

2,261

27.70

62,630 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19

01 Oct 12

2,261

27.70

62,630 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

FAIR
VALUE
PER
RIGHT
OF (AT
GRANT
DATE)2
$

FAIR
VALUE
OF
GRANT
(AT
GRANT
DATE)3
$

DATE
OF
GRANT

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
GRANTED1

PLAN 

VESTING
DATE/
FIRST
EXERCISE
DATE

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
VESTED

EXPIRY
DATE

VALUE
OF
RIGHTS
VESTED4
$

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
EXERCISED

VALUE
OF
RIGHTS
EXERCISED4
$

NUMBER
OF
RIGHTS
LAPSED5

VALUE
OF
RIGHTS
LAPSED6
$

% OF
RIGHTS
LAPSED

Randy Karren 

Employee Share 

Purchase Plan10 

15 May 14

15 May 13

9

40

16.57

24.05

149 15 May 17 15 May 17

962 15 May 16 15 May 16

Ian Wilkinson8 

LTI 

30 Oct 14

22,032

8.62

189,916 30 Sep 18 30 Oct 21

Equity 

30 Oct 14

08 Feb 13

17 Oct 11

5,136

11.42

58,653 30 Sep 17 30 Oct 21

5,746

17.25

99,119 30 Sep 15 18 Oct 19

5,469

19.14

104,677 30 Sep 14 17 Oct 18

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

1,686

27.70

46,702 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,746

5,469

1,686

42,865

89,363

28,952

5,746

5,469

1,686

42,865

89,363

28,952

9

40

-

-

-

-

-

87 100.0%

388 100.0%

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR - EARNED WHILE AN EXECUTIVE 

John Grill11 

LTI 

17 Oct 11

17,811

17.69

315,077 30 Sep 15 17 Oct 18

-

-

Deferred Equity STI 

01 Oct 12

12,178

27.70

337,331 30 Jun 13 30 Jun 19 12,178

238,605

01 Oct 12

12,178

27.70

337,331 30 Jun 14 30 Jun 19 12,178

209,121

-

12,178

12,178

-

17,811

315,077 100.0%

238,605

209,121

-

-

-

-

-

-

1  The service and performance criteria for the rights are discussed in the LTI Plan section on page 39. Each right entitles the holder to one fully paid ordinary share in the Company at a nil exercise price (i.e. 

a zero exercise price option). Where rights were granted prior to commencement as Executives, the service and performance criteria are aligned with those discussed in the Combined Incentive Plan 
section in the 2015 Remuneration Report. 

2  Fair value per right at grant date is independently determined using an appropriate option pricing model in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment that takes into account the exercise price, the term 

of the right, the vesting and performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the non-tradeable nature of the right, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the 
expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the right. This amount represents the actual cost to the Company. We have used a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the relative 
TSR rights and SPPRs and a Black-Scholes model to value the EPS rights, other cash settled rights and other equity settled rights. 

3  Total fair value at grant is calculated by multiplying the fair value per right by the number of rights granted. This does not represent the actual value the Executive will derive from the grant, which will 
depend on the achievement of performance hurdles measured over the vesting period. The maximum value of the rights granted has been estimated based on the fair value per right. The minimum total 
value of the rights granted, if the applicable performance hurdles are not met, is nil. 

4  This amount is based on the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares for the five or 10 trading days following the annual results announcement for the year in which the rights vest (as 

there is no exercise price payable in respect of equity or cash settled rights) or following the end of the relevant financial year, as applicable. 

5  The number of rights lapsed represents rights lapsed due to performance hurdles not being met and/or rights lapsed on cessation of employment. 
6  Based on the measurement of the relevant performance hurdles, this total value may be an accumulation of values for rights lapsed over multiple periods. 
7  The performance rights granted to Mr Abba in April 2015, as disclosed in the 2015 Remuneration Report, were structured with specific targets related to his personal performance and the ongoing 

performance of the Improve business line. 

8  The value of the rights issues to Mr Ashton, Mr Finn, Mr Lucey, Mr Parker and Mr Wilkinson are disclosed on page 44 to the extent that they were granted during their term as an Executive. Mr Ashton, 

Mr Finn, Mr Parker and Mr Wilkinson were granted rights in the Combined Incentive Plan prior to them becoming KMP. 

9  Mr Holt’s and Mr Steele's employment in the capacity of an Executive ceased on 1 December 2015 and 1 January 2016 respectively.  Rights lapsed have been valued based on the volume weighted average 

price of the Company's shares for the 10 trading days up to and including their cessation dates. 

10 The fair value at grant for matching bonus entitlements under the Employee Share Purchase Plan is calculated as the weighted average market price over the plan year. 
11 Mr Grill and Mr Karren received rights as part of their employment with the Company prior to their retirement effective 23 October 2012 and 31 March 2015 respectively. Board approval was received for 
retention of a pro-rated number of rights under the original terms of the grant including performance measures and vesting dates. This is consistent with the Company’s practice in relation to unvested 
LTI held by retiring employees. Full details are disclosed on page 36. Rights lapsed on Mr Grill’s and Mr Karren’s retirement have been valued based on the volume weighted average price of the 
Company’s shares for the five or 10 trading days up to and including their retirement dates. 

All vested rights are exercisable. There are no vested and unexercisable rights. 

48  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR - REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
Remuneration of the NEDs for FY2016 and FY2015 is set out below: 

SHORT TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

SHARE BASED PAYMENT 

FEES
$

TRAVEL ALLOWANCES 
$ 

SUPERANNUATION1
$

EQUITY 
INCENTIVE 
STI/CASH SETTLED 
$ 

John Grill 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Ron McNeilly 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Larry Benke 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Jagjeet Bindra 
FY2016 

Erich Fraunschiel 
FY2016 
FY2015 

John M Green 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Christopher Haynes 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Catherine Livingstone 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Wang Xiao Bin 
FY2016 
FY2015 

Total remuneration 
FY2016 
FY2015 

378,439
441,217

292,693
293,217

232,000
232,000

225,500

221,808
222,342

203,511
212,282

224,000
224,000

201,390
201,726

201,390
201,726

- 
5,000 

15,000 
- 

30,000 
30,000 

25,000 

20,000 
5,000 

20,000 
- 

25,000 
30,000 

20,000 
- 

25,000 
20,000 

2,180,731
2,028,510

180,000 
90,000 

16,614
18,783

19,307
18,783

-
-

-

19,192
18,658

18,689
18,718

-
-

18,610
18,274

18,610
18,274

111,022
111,490

 - 
 - 

- 
- 

- 
- 

 - 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

TOTAL
$

395,053
465,000

327,000
312,000

262,000
262,000

250,500

261,000
246,000

242,200
231,000

249,000
254,000

240,000
220,000

245,000
240,000

2,471,753
2,230,000

1  Superannuation contributions are made on behalf of the NEDs in accordance with the Company’s statutory superannuation obligations. In some cases, the amounts in this table are lower than the 

annualized superannuation guarantee cap (Cap). The legislation requires the Cap to apply quarterly. The lower amount results from those quarters in which only one payment was made and it is lower 
than the quarterly Cap. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR INTERESTS IN SHARES AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 
NED beneficial interests in shares and performance rights of the Company as at 30 June 2016 are detailed in the below table. The service and 
performance criteria for the rights are discussed in the LTI Plan section on page 39. 

NUMBER OF SHARES AND PERFORMANCE RIGHTS HELD IN WORLEYPARSONS LIMITED 

John Grill, AO1 

Ron McNeilly 
Larry Benke2 
Jagjeet Bindra 
Erich Fraunschiel 
John M Green 
Christopher Haynes, OBE 
Catherine Livingstone, AO 
Wang Xiao Bin 

TYPE
Shares
Rights
Shares
Shares
Shares
Shares
Shares
Shares
Shares
Shares

BALANCE AT
 1 JULY 2015
25,372,173
17,811
442,564
1,133,383
-
198,755
891,869
11,945
13,000
11,000

CHANGE IN STATUS

 -
 -
-
 -
19,000
 -
 -
-
-
-

OTHER 
TRANSACTIONS 
 - 
(17,811) 
 - 
 - 
16,650 
 - 
 - 
- 
- 
- 

BALANCE AT
30 JUNE 2016

25,372,173
-
442,564
1,133,383
35,650
198,755
891,869
11,945
13,000
11,000

1  Mr Grill received rights as part of his employment with the Company prior to his retirement effective 23 October 2012. In 2011, shareholders approved that Mr Grill’s performance rights should be cash 

settled. 

2  Mr Benke received exchangeable shares as part of the Colt Group consideration upon acquisition in 2007. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED 

6. GLOSSARY OF TERMS 

TERMS USED IN THE REMUNERATION REPORT 

Clawback (Malus) – provides the Board with discretion on the treatment of equity awards where an employee has acted fraudulently or 
dishonestly, is in breach of that employee’s obligations to the Company, or has received awards based on financial accounts which are later 
restated. 

Combined Incentive Plan – a variable component of total remuneration.  Two thirds of the incentive value is paid as cash subject to the 
achievement of annually set KPIs and one third is an annual allocation of performance rights deferred as an equity award subject to a two 
year service, performance and share price hurdle. 

Earnings Per Share (EPS) – determined by dividing the Group NPAT by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares on 
issue during the financial year. 

Executive – as detailed on page 34, Executives include both Executive Directors and Group Executives and have authority and responsibility 
for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly. 

Group Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) – is the net profit earned by the Group after deducting all expenses including interest, depreciation and 
tax.  From time to time, in determining outcomes under the incentive plans, the Board may use its discretion to apply the underlying NPAT 
which in the Board’s opinion reflects the Company’s operating results. 

Key Management Personnel (KMP) – those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities 
of the entity, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity.  KMP comprise Executives and 
Non-Executive Directors and are detailed on pages 34 and 43.   

Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) – performance targets agreed at the start of each financial year under the Combined Incentive Plan.  
KPIs include both financial and non-financial metrics, examples of which are detailed on page 38. 

Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plan – a variable component of total remuneration.  Performance rights are granted to Executives under the LTI 
Plan and will vest and become available for exercise after four years, subject to Company achievement against prescribed long term 
performance requirements. 

Non-Executive Director (NED) – as detailed on page 43, directors of the entity have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly. 

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) – provides a measure of the change in the value of the Company’s share price over a period, including 
reinvested dividends, expressed as a percentage of the opening value of the shares. 

This Directors’ Report (including Remuneration Report) is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors.  

JOHN GRILL AO 
Chairman 

Sydney, 24 August 2016 

50  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME 
Professional services revenue 
Procurement revenue 
Construction and fabrication revenue 
Interest income 
Other income 

Total revenue and other income 

EXPENSES 
Professional services costs 
Procurement costs 
Construction and fabrication costs 
Global support costs 
Other costs 
Borrowing costs  

Total expenses 

Share of net (losses)/profits of associates accounted for using the equity method 

Profit before income tax expense 
Income tax expense 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense attributable to: 
Members of WorleyParsons Limited  
Non-controlling interests 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cents) 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents) 

The above Statement of Financial Performance should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

NOTES

4

5

21(C)

6(A)

16
16

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

4,641.8
2,571.7
561.6
8.8
6.2

7,790.1

(4,457.0)
(2,558.0)
(513.8)
(109.2)
(12.1)
(68.8)

(7,718.9)

(2.3)

68.9
(20.3)

48.6

23.5
25.1

9.5
9.5

2015
$’M

5,517.9
2,370.9
857.9
6.6
4.2

8,757.5

(5,166.8)
(2,360.0)
(775.3)
(103.9)
(268.6)
(62.0)

(8,736.6)

10.8

31.7
(70.7)

(39.0)

(54.9)
15.9

(22.2)
(22.2)

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  51 

 
 
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income 

Items that may be reclassified in future periods to the Statement of Financial Performance 

Net movement in foreign currency translation reserve 

Net movement in hedge reserve 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax, attributable to: 

Members of WorleyParsons Limited 

Non-controlling interests 

The above Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M
48.6

(111.9)

3.8

(59.5)

(79.9)

20.4

2015
$’M
(39.0)

95.9

(0.3)

56.6

32.3

24.3

52  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 

As at 30 June 2016 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables  
Other receivables  
Prepayments 
Income tax receivable 
Derivatives 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Derivatives 
Equity accounted associates  
Property, plant and equipment 
Other non-current assets 

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Income tax payable 
Derivatives 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Provisions 
Trade and other payables 

Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Issued capital 
Reserves 
Retained profits 

Members of WorleyParsons Limited 
Non-controlling interests 

TOTAL EQUITY 

The above Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

NOTES

7
8
8

18

10
29(A)
18
21(B)
28

9
11
13

18

13
29(B)
11
9

14
15

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

373.1
1,648.2
231.0
116.6
15.4
0.7

2,385.0

2,077.2
297.5
94.8
86.8
73.3
6.2

2,635.8

5,020.8

1,244.3
406.0
249.2
14.8
4.8

1,919.1

990.2
116.8
84.4
30.4

1,221.8

3,140.9

1,879.9

1,264.9
(223.1)
842.1

1,883.9
(4.0)

1,879.9

381.9
1,918.1
224.8
113.3
60.8
0.9

2,699.8

2,090.3
212.3
73.6
116.2
107.2
1.7

2,601.3

5,301.1

1,350.1
487.9
25.5
13.4
2.9

1,879.8

1,210.4
115.7
48.1
29.5

1,403.7

3,283.5

2,017.6

1,255.0
(111.0)
873.0

2,017.0
0.6

2,017.6

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  53 

 
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

ISSUED
CAPITAL
$’M
1,255.0

RETAINED
PROFITS
$’M
873.0

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
RESERVE
$’M
(159.0)

HEDGE
RESERVE
$’M
10.7

PERFORMANCE
RIGHTS
RESERVE
$’M
46.9

ACQUISITION
RESERVE
$’M
(9.6)

MEMBERS OF
WORLEY
PARSONS
LIMITED
$’M
2,017.0

NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$’M
0.6

CONSOLIDATED 

As at 1 July 2015 

Profit after income tax 
expense 
Foreign exchange movement 
on translation of foreign 
controlled entities and 
associates 
Net investments hedged 
Income tax on net 
investments hedged 
Net loss on foreign exchange 
hedges 
Income tax on net loss on 
foreign exchange hedges 
Fair value gain on mark to 
market of cross currency 
hedge 
Income tax on fair value gain 
on mark to market of cross 
currency hedge 

Total comprehensive 
income/(loss), net of tax 

Transactions with owners 
Share based payments 
expense 
Transfer to issued capital on 
issuance of shares to satisfy 
performance rights 
Dividends paid 

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9.9

-

23.5

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

(72.5)

(56.2)
21.5

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

(0.5)

0.0

5.7

(1.4)

23.5

(107.2)

3.8

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(54.4)

842.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

(266.2)

14.5

1.2

(9.9)

-

38.2

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(9.6)

TOTAL
$’M
2,017.6

48.6

(77.2)

(56.2)
21.5

(0.5)

0.0

5.7

(1.4)

23.5

(72.5)

(56.2)
21.5

(0.5)

0.0

5.7

(1.4)

25.1

(4.7)

-
-

-

-

-

-

(79.9)

20.4

(59.5)

1.2

-

-

-

1.2

-

(54.4)

1,883.9

(25.0)

(4.0)

(79.4)

1,879.9

As at 30 June 2016 

1,264.9

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

54  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

CONSOLIDATED 

FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
RESERVE
$’M
(246.5)

HEDGE
RESERVE
$’M
11.0

PERFORMANCE
RIGHTS
RESERVE
$’M
49.3

ACQUISITION
RESERVE
$’M
(9.6)

MEMBERS OF
WORLEY
PARSONS
LIMITED
$’M
2,181.6

NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$’M
3.3

-

94.0

(9.3)
2.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

0.7

(0.1)

(2.8)

0.8

1.1

RETAINED
PROFITS
$’M
1,137.7

(54.9)

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

ISSUED
CAPITAL
$’M
1,239.7

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15.3

As at 1 July 2014 

(Loss)/profit after income tax 
expense 
Foreign exchange movement 
on translation of foreign 
controlled entities and 
associates 
Net investments hedged 
Income tax on net 
investments hedged 
Net gain on foreign exchange 
hedges 
Income tax on net gain on 
foreign exchange hedges 
Fair value loss on mark to 
market of cross currency 
hedge 
Income tax on fair value loss 
on mark to market of cross 
currency hedge 
Disposal of interest rate 
hedges 

Total comprehensive 
(loss)/income, net of tax 

Transactions with owners 
Share based payments 
expense 
Transfer to issued capital on 
issuance of shares to satisfy 
performance rights 
Dividends paid 

As at 30 June 2015 

(54.9)

87.5

(0.3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(159.0)

10.7

12.9

(15.3)

-

46.9

-

1,255.0

(209.8)

873.0

The above Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(9.6)

TOTAL
$’M
2,184.9

(39.0)

102.4

(9.3)
2.8

0.7

(0.1)

(2.8)

0.8

1.1

(54.9)

94.0

15.9

8.4

(9.3)
2.8

0.7

(0.1)

(2.8)

0.8

1.1

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

32.3

24.3

56.6

12.9

-

-

-

12.9

-

(209.8)

2,017.0

(27.0)

0.6

(236.8)

2,017.6

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  55 

 
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
Receipts from customers 
Payments to suppliers and employees 

Dividends received from associates 
Interest received 
Borrowing costs paid 
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 
Payments for acquisition of controlled entities 
Cash balances in controlled entities acquired, net of bank overdraft 
Proceeds from disposal of investments  
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 
Repayments of loans and borrowings 
Proceeds from loans and borrowings 
Costs of bank facilities 
Net loans from/(to) related parties 
Cash received on close out of cross currency swap 
Dividends paid to members of WorleyParsons Limited 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests 

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year 

The above Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

NOTES

7

20(B)
20(B)

17(B)

7

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

8,113.3
(7,809.2)

304.1
6.3
6.4
(60.9)
(63.9)

192.0

(25.2)
-
13.8
(69.5)
1.0

(79.9)

(3,635.6)
3,612.3
(3.5)
0.5
-
(54.4)
(24.1)

(104.8)

7.3
380.8
(15.0)

373.1

2015 
$’M 

9,010.3 
(8,566.7) 

443.6 
15.8 
4.1 
(56.2) 
(156.0) 

251.3 

(106.1) 
4.2 
- 
(88.6) 
1.6 

(188.9) 

(3,212.7) 
3,347.6 
(3.3) 
(1.5) 
19.0 
(209.8) 
(27.0) 

(87.7) 

(25.3) 
368.3 
37.8 

380.8 

56  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION 

The financial report of WorleyParsons Limited (Company or parent entity) for the financial year ended 30 June 2016 was authorized for issue in 
accordance with a resolution of the directors on 24 August 2016. 

WorleyParsons Limited is a company limited by shares incorporated in Australia whose shares are publicly traded on the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX: WOR). WorleyParsons Limited is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing the financial statements. 

The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Company are described in note 3. 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

(A) BASIS OF ACCOUNTING 
(i) Basis of preparation 

This general purpose financial report has been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) and 
other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB). 

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191 (Rounding in Financial /Directors' Reports) issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’ Report and financial statements. Unless 
otherwise expressly stated, amounts have been rounded off to the nearest hundred thousand dollars in accordance with that Instrument. Amounts 
shown as 0.0 represent amounts less than AUD 50,000 which have been rounded down. 
(ii) Statement of compliance 

The consolidated financial report complies with International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 
(iii) Historical cost convention 

The financial report has been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. 
The carrying values of recognized assets and liabilities that are hedged with fair value hedges are adjusted to record changes in the fair values 
attributable to the risks that are being hedged. 
(iv) Critical accounting estimates 

In the application of AAS, management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about carrying values of assets and liabilities. 
The estimates and underlying assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances. 

Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period 
of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. 

Management has identified the following critical accounting policies for which significant judgments, estimates and assumptions are made: 
•  revenue recognition, refer note 4; 
•  goodwill and intangible assets with identifiable useful lives, refer note 10; 
•  project, warranty and other provisions, refer note 11; and 
•  recovery of deferred taxes, refer note 29. 

Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions and may materially affect financial results or the financial 
position reported in future periods. 
(v) Adoption of new and amended accounting standards 

The Group has adopted the following amendment from 1 July 2015: 
•  AASB 2013-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Conceptual Framework, Materiality and Financial Instruments [AASB CF 2013-1, AASB 

1031, and AASB 9]. 

Adoption of this amendment did not have any material effect on the Statement of Financial Performance, Statement of Comprehensive Income and 
Statement of Financial Position of the Group. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  57 

 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued) 

(vi) New accounting standards not yet applicable 

The following new accounting standards have been issued or amended but are not yet effective and have not been adopted by the Group for the 
annual reporting period ended 30 June 2016: 

Effective 1 July 2016: 

AASB 2014-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations  
[AASB 1 & AASB 11] 

AASB 2014-3 provides guidance on the accounting for acquisitions of interests in joint operations in which the activity constitutes a business to 
apply, to the extent of its share, all the principles in AASB 3 Business Combinations and other AAS except for those principles that conflict with the 
guidance in AASB 11. Furthermore, entities are required to disclose the information required by AASB 3 and other AAS for business combinations. 
The impacts of this amendment are not expected to be material for the Group’s financial statements. 

AASB 2014-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation [AASB 116 & 
AASB 138] 

AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment and AASB 138 Intangible Assets both establish the principle for the basis of depreciation and amortization as 
being the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits of an asset. The IASB has clarified that the use of revenue based methods 
to calculate the depreciation of an asset is not appropriate because revenue generated by an activity that includes the use of an asset generally 
reflects factors other than the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in the asset. The amendment also clarified that revenue is generally 
presumed to be an inappropriate basis for measuring the consumption of the economic benefits embodied in an intangible asset. This presumption, 
however, can be rebutted in certain limited circumstances. The amendment is not expected to impact the Group’s financial statements. 

AASB 2014-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements 

AASB 2014-9 amends AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, and consequentially amends AASB 1 First-time Adoption of Australian Accounting 
Standards and AASB 128 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, to allow entities to use the equity method of accounting for investments in 
subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in their separate financial statements. AASB 2014-9 also makes editorial corrections to AASB 127. The 
amendment is not expected to impact the Group’s financial statements. 

AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture 

AASB 2014-10 amends AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and AASB 128 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures to address an 
inconsistency between the requirements in AASB 10 and those in AASB 128, in dealing with the sale or contribution of assets between an investor 
and its associate or joint venture. The amendments clarify that the gain or loss resulting from the sale or contribution of assets that constitute a 
business, as defined in AASB 3 Business Combinations, between an investor and its associate or joint venture, is recognized in full. However, any gain 
or loss resulting from the sale or contribution of assets that do not constitute a business is recognized only to the extent of unrelated investors’ 
interests in the associate or joint venture. The impact of this amendment is not expected to be material to the Group’s financial statements. 

Effective 1 July 2017: 

2016-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses: Amendments to AASB 112 

This Standard amends AASB 112 Income Taxes to clarify the requirements on recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealized losses on debt 
instruments measured at fair value. The impacts of this amendment are not expected to be material to the Group’s financial statements. 

2016-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 107 
This Standard amends AASB 107 Statement of Cash Flows to require entities preparing financial statements in accordance with Tier 1 reporting 
requirements to provide disclosures that enable users of financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, 
including both changes arising from cash flows and non-cash changes. The amendment is expected to enhance the Group's disclosure in relation to 
interest bearing loans and borrowings with minor additional changes.  

Effective 1 July 2018: 

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and AASB 2014-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 15 

AASB 15 addresses how revenue is recognized and will require the Group to identify contracts and performance obligations, determine the 
transaction price, allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation and recognize revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. 
AASB 2014-5 incorporates the consequential amendments to a number of AASBs (including interpretations) arising from the issuance of AASB 15. 
The Group has not finalized its assessment of how changes to the rules for revenue recognition will impact the Group’s financial statements. 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments 

AASB 9 is the AASB’s replacement for AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The standard includes requirements for 
classification, recognition and measurement, impairment, derecognition and general hedge accounting. The Group has not yet finalized its 
assessment of how changes to the rules for financial instruments will impact the Group’s financial statements. 

Effective 1 July 2019: 

AASB 16 Leases 
AASB 16 is the AASB's replacement for AASB 117 Leases. The standard includes new recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements for 
lessees. The Group has not yet finalized its assessment of how the new lessee accounting requirements will impact the Group's financial statements. 

58  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
(B)  BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by WorleyParsons Limited as at 30 June 2016 and 
the results of all controlled entities for the financial year then ended. WorleyParsons Limited and its controlled entities together are referred to in this 
financial report as the consolidated entity or the Group. Investments in associates are equity accounted and are not part of the consolidated entity 
(refer note 21). 

The impact of all transactions between entities in the consolidated entity is eliminated in full. Non-controlling interests in the results and equity 
of controlled entities are shown separately in the Statement of Financial Performance, Statement of Comprehensive Income and Statement of 
Financial Position. 

Non-controlling interests not held by the Company are allocated their share of net profit after tax in the Statement of Financial Performance and of 
total comprehensive income net of tax in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, and are presented within equity in the Statement of Financial 
Position, separately from the equity of members of WorleyParsons Limited. 

(C) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION 
Functional and presentation currency 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the entity operates (functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the Group’s 
presentation currency. 

Translation of foreign currency transactions 
Transactions denominated in a foreign currency are converted at the foreign exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency 
receivables and payables at balance date are translated at foreign exchange rates at balance date. Foreign exchange gains and losses are brought to 
account in determining the profit and loss for the financial year. 

(D) OTHER ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
Significant and other accounting policies that summarize the measurement basis used and are relevant to the understanding of the financial 
statements are provided throughout the notes to the financial statements. 

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION 

(A) OPERATING SEGMENTS 

Professional services revenue 
Construction and fabrication revenue 
Procurement revenue at margin 
Other income 

Total segment revenue1 

Segment result2 
Segment margin 
Other segment information 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Impairment of goodwill  
Share of net (losses)/profits of associates accounted for using the 
equity method 
Equity accounted associates 
Purchase of non-current assets 

SERVICES 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

MAJOR 
PROJECTS 

IMPROVE 

ADVISIAN 

TOTAL 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

3,081.7 3,854.8
170.2
307.0
4.2

85.7
268.3
0.8

778.5
475.9
26.1
0.9

881.5
687.7
41.2
-

512.0 577.9 
- 
1.7 
- 

-
7.3
-

599.9 678.1 
- 
23.2 
- 

-
55.8
-

4,972.1 5,992.3
857.9
373.1
4.2

561.6
357.5
1.7

3,436.5 4,336.2

1,281.4 1,610.4

519.3 579.6 

655.7 701.3 

5,892.9 7,227.5

252.0
341.9
7.3% 7.9%

109.1
128.0
8.5% 7.9%

23.4
27.3 
4.5% 4.7% 

44.3
52.7 
6.8% 7.5% 

428.8
549.9
7.3% 7.6%

42.3
-
(8.1)

60.6
40.3

69.1
59.4
(2.9)

69.1
40.3

13.6
-
(0.6)

7.3
17.7

7.3
56.2
2.6

3.2
15.0

7.3
-
6.3

4.9 
60.4 
11.1 

16.3
5.5

42.0 
4.5 

7.7
-
0.1

2.6
6.0

6.9 
22.6 
- 

1.9 
4.3 

70.9
-
(2.3)

88.2
198.6
10.8

86.8
69.5

116.2
64.1

The previously reported segment results for the year ended 30 June 2015 have been restated to be comparable with the revised segmentation approach as 
required by AASB 8 Operating Segments. The Group has also included additional information segmented according to its customer sector groups. 

1 Segment revenue represents aggregated revenue, which is defined as statutory revenue and other income plus share of revenue from associates less procurement 

revenue at nil margin, interest income and net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations. The directors believe the disclosure of 
revenue attributable to associates provides additional information in relation to the financial performance of the Group. 

2 Segment result is segment revenue less segment expenses and excludes the items listed in note 3(H). It is the key financial measure that is presented to the chief 

operating decision makers. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
3. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued) 

(B)  CUSTOMER SECTOR GROUPS 

Professional services revenue 
Construction and fabrication revenue 
Procurement revenue at margin 
Other income 

Total segment revenue 

Segment result 
Segment margin 

HYDROCARBONS

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

3,444.8
561.6
259.6
0.9

4,196.2
857.9
277.8
0.2

4,266.9

5,332.1

329.0
7.7%

484.3
9.1%

MINERALS, METAL 
& CHEMICALS 

INFRASTRUCTURE

TOTAL 

2016 
$’M 

634.1 
- 
8.4 
- 

642.5 

39.9 
6.2% 

2015
$’M

894.3
-
9.3
0.1

903.7

46.5
5.1%

2016
$’M

893.2
-
89.5
0.8

983.5

59.9
6.1%

2015 
$’M 

901.8 
- 
86.0 
3.9 

991.7 

19.1 
1.9% 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

4,972.1
561.6
357.5
1.7

5,992.3
857.9
373.1
4.2

5,892.9

7,227.5

428.8
7.3%

549.9
7.6%

(C) RECONCILIATION OF SEGMENT REVENUE TO TOTAL REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME PER THE  

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

Segment revenue 
Procurement revenue at nil margin (including share of revenue from associates) 
Share of revenue from associates 
Interest income 
Net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations  

Total revenue and other income per the Statement of Financial Performance 

(D) RECONCILIATION OF SEGMENT RESULT TO PROFIT/ (LOSS) AFTER INCOME TAX EXPENSE PER THE  

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

Segment result 

Global support costs 

Interest and tax for associates 

Amortization of acquired intangible assets 

Total underlying earnings before interest expense and tax expense (underlying EBIT) 

Total underlying EBIT margin on aggregated revenue for the Group 

Staff restructuring costs1 

Onerous lease contracts2 

Onerous engineering software licenses 

Other restructuring costs 

Write-down of investments in equity accounted associates 

Certain functional currency related foreign exchange gains 

Net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations 

Impairment of goodwill  

Arkutun-Dagi project settlement costs 

Total EBIT 

EBIT margin on aggregated revenue for the Group 

Net borrowing costs 

Income tax expense 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense per the Statement of Financial Performance 

1 Includes staff restructuring costs incurred in equity accounted investments. 

2 Includes onerous lease costs incurred in equity accounted investments. 

60  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

TOTAL 

2015
$’M

7,227.5
2,038.0
(514.6)
6.6
-

2016
$’M

5,892.9
2,226.4
(342.5)
8.8
4.5

7,790.1

8,757.5

TOTAL 

2015
$’M

549.9

(103.4)

(6.7)

(21.8)

418.0

5.8%

(38.3)

(20.2)

-

(3.8)

-

-

-

2016
$’M

428.8

(98.6)

(8.3)

(19.2)

302.7

5.1%

(76.8)

(86.4)

(14.3)

(4.6)

(12.1)

15.9

4.5

-

-

(198.6)

(70.0)

128.9

2.2%

(60.0)

(20.3)

48.6

87.1

1.2%

(55.4)

(70.7)

(39.0)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
(E)  RECONCILIATION OF GLOBAL SUPPORT COSTS TO THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

Global support costs per Segment Information 

Staff restructuring costs 

Staff restructuring costs attributable to professional services costs, construction and fabrication costs and staff restructuring costs 
incurred by equity accounted associates 
Other restructuring  costs 

Global support costs per the Statement of Financial Performance 

(F)  GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS1 
Revenue from external customers2 

2016 

Australia, Pacific, Asia and China 
Europe, Middle East and Africa 
Americas  

Total 

Other income 
Interest income 

AGGREGATED
REVENUE

ADD:
PROCUREMENT 
REVENUE AT 
NIL MARGIN

$’M

1,366.7
2,059.4
2,466.8

5,892.9

$’M

14.1
42.1
2,170.2

2,226.4

Total revenue and other income per the Statement of Financial Performance 

2015 

Australia, Pacific, Asia and China 
Europe, Middle East and Africa 
Americas  

Total 

Other income 
Interest income 

AGGREGATED
REVENUE

ADD:
PROCUREMENT
REVENUE AT
NIL MARGIN

$’M

1,599.0
2,355.2
3,273.3

7,227.5

$’M

15.2
251.8
1,771.0

2,038.0

Total revenue and other income per the Statement of Financial Performance 

Non-current assets by geographical location:4 
Australia, Pacific, Asia and China 
Europe, Middle East and North Africa 
Americas  

Non-current assets by geographical location 

LESS:
SHARE OF 
REVENUE 
FROM 
ASSOCIATES

$’M

(120.3)
(154.3)
(67.9)

(342.5)

LESS: 
SHARE OF 
REVENUE 
FROM 
ASSOCIATES 

$’M 

(176.6) 
(247.3) 
(90.7) 

(514.6) 

TOTAL 

2015
$’M

103.4

38.3

(37.8)

2016
$’M

98.6

76.8

(70.8)

4.6

-

109.2

103.9

LESS:
OTHER 
INCOME3

$’M

(1.7)
-
-

(1.7)

LESS:
OTHER
INCOME

$’M

(3.2)
-
(1.0)

(4.2)

2016
$’M

112.6
115.3
125.1

353.0

TOTAL 
REVENUE 
FROM 
EXTERNAL 
CUSTOMERS

$’M

1,258.8
1,947.2
4,569.1

7,775.1

6.2
8.8

7,790.1

TOTAL 
REVENUE 
FROM 
EXTERNAL 
CUSTOMERS

$’M

1,434.4
2,359.7
4,952.6

8,746.7

4.2
6.6

8,757.5

2015
$’M

126.0
136.1
146.5

408.6

1 Geographic locations are presented across all business lines. This is different to the internal reports presented to the chief operating decision makers. 

2 Revenue is attributed to the geographic location based on the entity providing the services. 

3 Excludes net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations. 

4 Excludes goodwill, deferred tax assets and derivative financial instruments. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  61 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
3. SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued) 

(G) IDENTIFICATION OF REPORTABLE SEGMENTS 
The Group has identified its operating segments based on the monthly internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Chief Executive Officer 
(CEO), Group Managing Director Finance / CFO and other Group Managing Directors (chief operating decision makers) in assessing performance 
and in determining the allocation of resources. Effective 1 July 2015, the Group established its advisory and consulting business, Advisian, as an 
additional business line.  As a result, the business operations are managed and reported by the following business lines: Services, Major Projects, 
Improve and Advisian.  Changes in business lines reporting also included, amongst other changes, the Group’s Canadian construction and 
fabrication business Cord now being reported as a part of Major Projects. In addition, during the financial year 2016, a fully costed information 
technology model was introduced which resulted in transition of selected costs from global support costs as disclosed in the previous period to each 
of the operating business lines in the current period.  This represents a change to the operating segments reported in the previous corresponding 
period. The previously reported segment results for the year ended 30 June 2015 have been restated to be comparable with the revised segmentation 
approach as required by AASB 8 Operating Segments. The Group has also included additional information segmented according to its customer 
sector groups. 

(H) ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND INTER-SEGMENT TRANSACTIONS 
Segment revenues and expenses are those that are directly attributable to a segment and the relevant portion that can be allocated to the segment on 
a reasonable basis. 

Segment revenues, expenses and results include transactions between segments incurred in the ordinary course of business. These transactions are 
priced on an arm’s length basis and are eliminated on consolidation. 

The accounting policies used by the Group in reporting segments internally are the same as those contained in these financial statements and are 
consistent with those in the prior period. 

The segment result includes the allocation of overhead that can be directly attributed to an individual business segment. The following items and 
associated assets and liabilities are not allocated to segments as they are not considered part of the core operations of any segment: 
•  impairment of goodwill; 
•  global support costs; 
•  Arkutun-Dagi project settlement costs; 
•  interest and tax for associates; 
•  amortization of acquired intangible assets; 
•  staff restructuring costs; 
•  onerous lease contracts; 
•  onerous engineering software licenses; 
•  write-down of investments in equity accounted associates; 
•  certain functional currency related foreign exchange gains; 
•  net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations; 
•  net borrowing costs; and 
•  income tax expense. 

(I)  MAJOR CUSTOMERS  
The most significant customer accounted for 5.6% (2015: 6.4%) of aggregated revenue and is within the Services, Major Projects, Improve  and 
Advisian business lines and Hydrocarbons customer sector group. 

4. REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME 

Professional services revenue 
Procurement revenue 
Construction and fabrication revenue 
Interest income 

Revenue 
Net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations 
Gain on sale of Exmouth  Power Station 
Other 

Total revenue and other income 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

4,641.8
2,571.7
561.6
8.8

7,783.9
4.5
-
1.7

7,790.1

2015 
$’M 

5,517.9 
2,370.9 
857.9 
6.6 

8,753.3 
- 
1.3 
2.9 

8,757.5 

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the Group finalized the acquisition accounting for an additional net interest in entities which had previously 
been accounted for as joint operations. This resulted in a $4.5 million net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint 
operations. There was no such transaction during the year ended 30 June 2015. 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of trade allowances, duties and taxes paid. Revenue is recognized and measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably 
measured. Revenues are recognized net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST). The following specific recognition criteria must be met before 
revenue is recognized: 

62  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
Professional services and construction and fabrication 
Revenue from cost plus contracts is recognized by reference to the recoverable costs incurred during the reporting period plus the percentage of 
fees earned. Contract revenue and costs are recognized in accordance with the percentage of completion method unless the outcome of the contract 
cannot be reliably estimated. Where it is probable that a loss will arise from a contract, the excess of total costs over revenue is recognized as an 
expense immediately. Where the outcome of a contract cannot be reliably estimated, contract costs are recognized as an expense as incurred, and 
where it is probable that the costs will be recovered, revenue is recognized to the extent of costs incurred. Incentive payments on contracts are 
recognized as part of total contract revenue where it is probable that specified performance standards are met or exceeded and the amount of the 
incentive payment can be reliably measured.  For fixed price contracts, the stage of completion is measured by reference to costs incurred to date as a 
percentage of estimated total costs for each contract. 

Procurement 
Revenue is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer and the costs incurred or to be 
incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards of ownership are considered passed to the buyer at the time of 
delivery of the goods to the customer. 

Interest 
Interest income is recognized as it accrues using the effective interest rate method. 

Dividends 
Revenue is recognized when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established. 

KEY ESTIMATES 
Percentage of completion 
The percentage of completion is estimated by qualified professionals. The Group considers the terms of the contract, internal models and other 
sources when estimating the projected total cost and the stage of completion. 

5. EXPENSES AND LOSSES/ (GAINS) 

Profit before income tax expense includes the following specific expenses and losses/(gains): 

EXPENSES AND LOSSES 
Short term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share based payments 

Total staff costs 

Impairment of goodwill  
Write-down of investment in equity accounted associates 
Arkutun-Dagi project settlement costs 

Total other costs  

Operating lease rentals - minimum lease payments 
Amortization 
Depreciation 
MOVEMENTS IN PROVISIONS 
Employee benefits 
Onerous leases  
Warranties 
Insurance 
Other 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

3,559.8
106.5
1.2

3,667.5

-
12.1
-

12.1

151.1
65.0
25.1

166.0
86.4
6.3
(5.1)
27.9

4,119.3
138.0
12.9

4,270.2

198.6
-
70.0

268.6

210.6
85.4
24.6

204.7
20.2
9.8
(2.9)
25.3

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Employee benefits 
Employee benefits expenses are charged against profit on a net basis in their respective categories. 
(i) Share based payments – performance rights 

Performance rights (rights) over the ordinary shares of WorleyParsons Limited are granted to executive directors and other executives of the 
consolidated entity for nil consideration in accordance with performance guidelines approved by the Board. The fair values of the rights are 
amortized on a straight line basis over their performance period. For share settled rights, the fair value of the rights is the share price at grant date 
adjusted for the impact of performance hurdles and other vesting or exercise criteria attached to the right. For cash settled rights, the fair value of the 
rights is recalculated at the end of each reporting period and amortized on a straight line basis over their vesting period. The accounting estimates 
and assumptions relating to equity settled rights would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual 
reporting period but may impact expenses and equity. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  63 

 
 
 
 
5. EXPENSES AND LOSSES/ (GAINS) (continued) 

Fair value per right at grant date is independently determined using an appropriate option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, 
the term of the right, the vesting and performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the non-traded nature of the right, the share price at grant date and 
expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the right. This amount 
represents the actual cost to the Company. A Monte Carlo simulation is applied to fair value the TSR element and the SPPRs. For the EPS, EBIT and 
“continuous employment" condition, the Black-Scholes model is utilized. Total fair value at grant date is calculated by multiplying the fair value per 
right by the number of rights granted. This does not represent the actual value the executive will derive from the grant, which will depend on the 
achievement of performance hurdles measured over the vesting period. The maximum value of the rights granted has been estimated based on the 
fair value per right. The minimum total value of the rights granted, if the applicable performance hurdles are not met, is nil. 
(ii) Employee share plan 

Employees in eligible countries were invited to participate in an employee share plan. Shares purchased under the employee share plan are subject 
to dealing restrictions until the restriction end date. The Group will grant one bonus entitlement to a share for every five shares purchased through 
the employee share plan which vests on the restriction end date at which point it will convert to an ordinary share. The Group accounts for the 
bonus entitlements as equity settled share based payments. The employee share plan has closed to new participants, effective from 1 May 2016. 

Borrowing costs 
Borrowing costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred, except when they are included in the costs of qualifying assets. 
Borrowing costs include: 
•  interest on bank overdrafts, and short term and long term loans and borrowings; 
•  amortization of discounts or premiums relating to loans and borrowings and non-current payables; and 
•  finance lease charges. 

Operating lease rentals – minimum lease payments 
The minimum lease payments of operating leases, where the lessor effectively retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the 
leased item, are recognized as an expense on a straight line basis. Lease incentives are recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance as part 
of the total lease expense. 

Depreciation and amortization 
Property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis to write off the net cost of each item of property, plant and equipment (excluding land) over its 
expected useful life to the consolidated entity. The expected useful lives for plant and equipment range from three to 10 years. The estimated useful 
lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period. 

The cost of improvements to or on leasehold properties is amortized over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the 
improvement to the consolidated entity, whichever is the shorter. 

Identifiable intangible assets 

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the useful life 
and tested for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period for an intangible asset 
with a finite useful life is reviewed at least each financial year end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of 
future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted for prospectively by changing the amortization period. The amortization expense on 
intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance on a straight line basis over the following periods: 
•  customer contracts and relationships 
•  trade names 
•  computer software 
•  other 

5 years; and 

5-20 years; 

3-10 years. 

3-15 years; 

Goods and Services Tax (GST) 
Expenses are recognized net of the amount of GST except where the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In these 
circumstances, GST is recognized as part of the expense. 

6. INCOME TAX 

(A)  INCOME TAX EXPENSE 

Current tax 
Deferred tax 
Under/(over)provision in previous financial periods 

Income tax expense 

Deferred income tax expense included in income tax expense comprises: 
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets 
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax 

64  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

124.8
(104.8)
0.3

20.3

(105.7)
0.9

(104.8)

81.0 
(8.1) 
(2.2) 

70.7 

10.6 
(18.7) 

(8.1) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(B)  RECONCILIATION OF PRIMA FACIE TAX PAYABLE TO INCOME TAX EXPENSE 

Profit before income tax expense 

Prima facie tax expense at WorleyParsons Limited’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2015: 30%) 
Tax effect of amounts which are non-deductible/(non-taxable) in calculating taxable income: 
Non-deductible impairment of goodwill  
Non-deductible share based payments expense 
Non-taxable gain on acquisitions 
Non-deductible impairment of associates  
Share of  losses/(profits) of associates accounted for using the equity method 
Tax losses not previously recognized 
Under/(over)provision in previous financial periods 
Other 

Income tax expense 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

68.9

20.7

-
0.4
(1.4)
3.6
0.7
(1.7)
0.3
(2.3)

20.3

2015
$’M

31.7

9.5

59.6
3.8
-
-
(3.2)
(0.7)
(2.2)
3.9

70.7

(C) AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY 
Aggregate amount of tax arising in the reporting period and not recognized in profit after income tax expense  
but directly credited to equity: 

Deferred tax - credited directly to equity 

(20.1)

(3.5)

(D) TAX LOSSES 
The Group has tax losses for which no deferred tax asset is recognized on the Statement of Financial Position: 

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized 
Potential tax benefit at 30% 

84.1
25.2

57.6
17.3

The benefit for tax losses will only be recognized if: 
•  the consolidated entity derives future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit from the deductions for the 

losses to be realized; or 

•  the losses are transferred to an eligible entity in the consolidated entity; and 
•  the consolidated entity continues to comply with conditions for deductibility imposed by tax legislation; and 
•  no changes in legislation adversely affect the consolidated entity in realizing the benefit from the deductions for the losses. 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Income tax 
The income tax expense for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the income tax rate for each jurisdiction 
adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as any adjustments required between prior periods’ current tax expense and income 
tax returns and any relevant withholding taxes. 

Current and deferred tax amounts relating to items recognized directly in equity are recognized in equity and not in the Statement of Financial 
Performance. 

Tax consolidation 
WorleyParsons Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities elected to form a tax consolidated group from 1 July 2003. On formation of the tax 
consolidated group, the entities in the tax consolidated group entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the opinion of the directors, limits the 
joint and several liability of the wholly owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, WorleyParsons Limited. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly owned entities fully compensate WorleyParsons Limited for any 
current tax liability assumed and are compensated by WorleyParsons Limited for any current tax loss, deferred tax assets and tax credits that are 
transferred to WorleyParsons Limited under the tax consolidation legislation. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

373.1

381.9 

7. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

Balance per the Statement of Financial Position 

The above figures are reconciled to cash at the end of the financial year as shown in the Statement of 
Cash Flows as follows: 
Cash at bank and on hand 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Less: bank overdraft 

Balance per the Statement of Cash Flows 

13

Reconciliation of profit/(loss) after income tax expense to net cash inflow from operating activities: 
Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 
NON-CASH ITEMS 
Impairment of goodwill  
Amortization 
Depreciation 
Share based payments expense 
Doubtful debts expense 
Share of associates' dividends received in excess of share of (losses)/profits 
Net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint operations  
Write-down of investments in equity accounted associates 
Write-down of onerous engineering software licenses 
Other 

Cash flow adjusted for non-cash items 
CHANGES IN ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ADJUSTED FOR EFFECTS OF PURCHASE OF 
CONTROLLED ENTITIES 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 
Increase in prepayments and other assets 
Increase in deferred tax assets 
Decrease/(increase) in income tax receivable 
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 
(Decrease)/increase in billings in advance 
Increase/(decrease) in income tax payable 
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities 
(Decrease)/increase in provisions 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

373.1

373.1
-

373.1

48.6

-
65.0
25.1
1.2
3.5
8.6
(4.5)
12.1
14.3
3.2

381.9 

381.9 
(1.1) 

380.8 

(39.0) 

198.6 
85.4 
24.6 
12.9 
13.9 
5.0 

- 
- 
1.3 

177.1

302.7 

223.7
(17.4)
(85.2)
39.2
(2.5)
(93.8)
1.4
1.1
(51.6)

192.0

(48.4) 
(26.9) 
(11.5) 
(41.2) 
58.4 
11.3 
(22.7) 
(12.6) 
42.2 

251.3 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of Financial Position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short term deposits with an original 
maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash. 

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding 
bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are included within interest bearing loans and borrowings in current liabilities in the Statement of Financial 
Position. Cash flows are included in the Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising from investing and 
financing activities is classified as an operating cash flow. 

Where cash and cash equivalents held by the Group are subject to external restrictions, the nature of the restrictions and value of cash subject to 
these restrictions are disclosed below. 

PROCUREMENT AND RESTRICTED CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 
Included within cash and cash equivalents is $83.6 million (2015: $107.5 million) which has been identified as for procurement ($69.4 million) or 
restricted, but available for use under certain circumstances by the Group ($14.2 million). 

Procurement cash is held in relation to procurement activities undertaken by the Group on behalf of its customers (refer note 27). Restricted cash is 
held in relation to guarantees (refer note 25(A)) and financing activities. 

66  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

8. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

TRADE RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables 
Unbilled contract revenue 
Retentions 
Allowance for impairment of trade receivables 

Allowance for impairment of trade receivables 
Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Net charge to the Statement of Financial Performance 
Amounts written off against the opening allowance 
Differences arising on translation of foreign operations 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

The Group's exposure to credit, currency and interest rate risk for trade receivables and unbilled 
contract revenue is disclosed in note 18. 

OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Other receivables 
Amounts owing by associates and related parties 

30(B)

832.9
823.2
42.8
(50.7)

949.5
952.4
65.7
(49.5)

1,648.2

1,918.1

49.5
3.5
(3.1)
0.8

50.7

176.6
54.4

231.0

36.4
13.9
(3.7)
2.9

49.5

164.6
60.2

224.8

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
All trade and other receivables are recognized at the original amounts less an allowance for any impairment of receivables. An allowance for 
impairment of receivables is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect debts. The recoverable amount of trade 
and other receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Receivables are stated with the amount of GST included. 

Unbilled contract revenue is stated at the aggregate of contract costs incurred to date plus recognized profits less recognized losses and progress 
billings. Contract costs include all costs directly related to specific contracts, costs that are specifically chargeable to the customer under the terms of 
the contract and an allocation of overhead expenses incurred in connection with the Group’s activities in general. 

9. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

CURRENT  
Trade payables 
Accruals 
Payables to associates and related parties 
Billings in advance 
Accrued staff costs 
Other payables  

NON-CURRENT  
Other payables 

NOTES

30(B)

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

477.7
500.2
16.7
83.2
158.7
7.8

499.0
449.0
11.0
177.0
203.0
11.1

1,244.3

1,350.1

30.4

30.4

29.5

29.5

The Group’s exposure to currency and interest rate risk for trade and other payables is disclosed in note 18. 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Liabilities for trade and other payables are carried at cost which is the fair value of the consideration to be paid in the future for goods and services 
received, whether or not billed to the Group. Payables are stated with the amount of GST included. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill 
At cost 
Accumulated impairment 

Customer contracts and relationships 
At cost 
Accumulated amortization 

Trade names 
At cost 
Accumulated amortization  

Computer software 
At cost 
Accumulated amortization 

Other 
At cost 
Accumulated amortization 

Total intangible assets 

2,090.7
(200.2)

1,890.5

191.3
(162.6)

28.7

83.9
(72.8)

11.1

301.1
(165.4)

135.7

25.9
(14.7)

11.2

2,077.2

RECONCILIATIONS 
Reconciliations of intangible assets at the beginning and end of the current and previous financial years are set out below: 

Balance at 1 July 2015 
Additions 
Impairment 
Amortization 
Differences arising on translation of foreign 
operations 

Balance at 30 June 2016 

Balance at 1 July 2014 
Additions due to the acquisition of entities 
Additions 
Impairment 
Amortization 
Differences arising on translation of foreign 
operations 

Balance at 30 June 2015 

CUSTOMER
CONTRACTS AND
RELATIONSHIPS
$’M

GOODWILL
$’M

TRADE NAMES
$’M

COMPUTER 
SOFTWARE
$’M

OTHER
$’M

CONSOLIDATED 

1,906.8
8.6
-
-
(24.9)

1,890.5

1,860.3
106.6
-
(198.6)
-
138.5

1,906.8

40.3
4.9
-
(15.5)
(1.0)

28.7

42.6
13.1
-
-
(16.8)
1.4

40.3

15.3
-
-
(3.7)
(0.5)

11.1

20.8
-
-
-
(5.0)
(0.5)

15.3

113.3
49.4
-
(26.9)
(0.1)

135.7

86.3
-
58.4
-
(31.8)
0.4

113.3

14.6
1.5
-
(4.8)
(0.1)

11.2

19.2
-
-
-
(4.8)
0.2

14.6

2,107.0
(200.2)

1,906.8

189.3
(149.0)

40.3

84.8
(69.5)

15.3

244.7
(131.4)

113.3

24.5
(9.9)

14.6

2,090.3

TOTAL
$’M

2,090.3
64.4
-
(50.9)
(26.6)

2,077.2

2,029.2
119.7
58.4
(198.6)
(58.4)
140.0

2,090.3

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired at the time of acquisition of a 
business or shares in controlled entities or associates. Goodwill on acquisition of controlled entities is included in intangible assets and goodwill on 
acquisition of associates is included in investments in associates. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of 
goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

68  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Identifiable intangible assets 
Intangible assets acquired separately or in a business combination have finite useful lives and are initially measured at cost. The cost of an intangible 
asset acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at 
cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets are not capitalized and 
expenditure is recognized in the profit and loss in the year in which the expenditure is incurred. 

Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on an internal project is recognized only when 
the Group can demonstrate: 
•  the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;  
•  its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset; 
•  how the asset will generate future economic benefits; 
•  the availability of resources to complete the development; and  
•  the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development. 

Impairment of assets 
Goodwill is not amortized; instead, it is tested annually, unless impairment is indicated. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment. 

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of cash generating units (CGUs) that are 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those groups 
of CGUs. Goodwill is allocated to six CGUs. These CGUs represent the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal 
management purposes. Each CGU is set out below. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the groups of CGUs to which 
the goodwill relates. When the recoverable amount of the groups of CGUs is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. 

Impairment losses recognized for goodwill are not subsequently reversed. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the 
higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell, and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for 
which there are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs). Impairment testing calculations use cash flow projections based on financial forecasts of 
how the business is expected to perform consistent with current and historical experience and external data. The estimation of future cash flows 
requires assumptions to be made regarding future uncertain events. Management has risk adjusted the future cash flows to recognize challenging 
market conditions.  The risk adjusted revenue growth rates for the all CGUs range from 2% to 5%. The Group has initiated an overhead reduction 
program and intends to decrease total costs (including direct and overhead) by approximately 5%, excluding any benefits from uncommitted 
restructuring. A risk premium is included in determining each CGU's discount rate, reflecting the level of forecasting, size, country and financing 
risks for that CGU. 

KEY ESTIMATES 
The goodwill allocated to the material CGUs and the key assumptions used for the value in use impairment testing are as follows: 

2016 

Opening balance  
Closing balance  
Risk-weighted pre-tax discount rate  
Risk-adjusted growth rate beyond five years

SERVICES –
AUSTRALIA,
PACIFIC, ASIA AND
CHINA,
$’M

SERVICES – EUROPE, 
MIDDLE EAST, 
NORTH AFRICA
$’M

SERVICES –
AMERICAS
$’M

MAJOR PROJECTS
$’M

IMPROVE
$’M

ADVISIAN
$’M

571.8
255.8
12.5%
3.0%

550.2
514.3
14.0%
3.0%

420.1
398.4
14.9%
3.0%

145.9
338.2
11.6%
3.0%

119.5
118.3
12.7%
3.0%

2015 

Opening balance  
Closing balance  
Risk-weighted pre-tax discount rate  
Risk-adjusted growth rate beyond five years  

SERVICES – AMERICAS 
$’M 

SERVICES – AUSTRALIA,
PACIFIC, ASIA AND
CHINA,
$’M

SERVICES – EUROPE, 
MIDDLE EAST, NORTH 
AFRICA
$’M

MAJOR PROJECTS
$’M

527.7 
571.8 
11.9% 
3.0% 

505.1
550.2
12.1%
3.0%

430.2
420.1
11.9%
3.0%

189.2
145.9
10.5%
3.0%

99.3
265.5
13.2%
3.0%

IMPROVE
$’M

168.4
119.5
12.1%
3.0%

SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS 
The combined fair value in the all the CGUs exceed the carrying value by over $800 million. Management recognizes that the cash flow projections, 
discount and growth rates used to calculate the value in use may vary from what has been estimated. 

The value in use estimate is particularly sensitive to the achievement of long-term growth rates, discount rates and the forecast performance 
improvement program. The Group has performed detailed sensitivity analysis as part of its impairment testing to ensure that the results of its testing 
are reasonable.  

Sensitivity analysis on the inputs for all CGUs are as follows: 
•  Terminal growth rates: a 1% decrease in the terminal growth rate will result in all CGUs listed above being free of impairment at reporting date;  
•  Post tax discount rates: a 0.5% increase in the discount rate will result in all the CGUs listed above being free of impairment at reporting date; and 
•  Forecast cash flows: a 3% decrease in the forecast cash flows will result in all the CGUs listed above being free of impairment at reporting date 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  69 

 
 
 
11. PROVISIONS 

CURRENT 
Employee benefits 
Deferred revenue and project provisions 
Insurance 
Onerous leases 
Warranties 
Deferred consideration 
Other 

NON-CURRENT 
Employee benefits 
Onerous leases 
Warranties 
Deferred consideration 
Other 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

204.4
123.0
18.5
25.6
18.6
6.3
9.6

406.0

32.2
34.6
16.2
-
1.4

84.4

2015 
$’M 

266.2 
109.6 
22.6 
23.3 
31.0 
23.7 
11.5 

487.9 

40.0 
- 
0.3 
6.0 
1.8 

48.1 

RECONCILIATIONS 
Reconciliations of each class of current and non-current provision at the beginning and end of the current and previous financial years are set out 
below: 

CONSOLIDATED 

CURRENT 

Balance at 1 July 2015 
Additional provisions/ transfers 
from non current provisions 
Release of unused provision 
Amounts utilized 
Differences arising from translation 
of foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2016 

Balance at 1 July 2014 
Provision from entities acquired 
Additional provisions 
Release of unused provision 
Amounts utilized 
Differences arising from translation 
of foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2015 

EMPLOYEE
BENEFITS
$’M

DEFERRED 
REVENUE
AND PROJECT
PROVISIONS
$’M

INSURANCE
$’M

ONEROUS
LEASES
$’M

WARRANTIES
$’M

DEFERRED
CONSIDERATION
$’M

OTHER
$’M

266.2
227.2

(70.1)
(219.2)
0.3

204.4

270.5
3.2
231.7
(43.5)
(222.8)
27.1

266.2

109.6
171.8

(61.3)
(95.7)
(1.4)

123.0

106.0
1.7
124.3
(36.7)
(94.9)
9.2

109.6

22.6
2.8

(7.9)
-
1.0

18.5

19.8
-
-
(2.9)
0.0
5.7

22.6

23.3
51.1

-
(47.7)
(1.1)

25.6

2.3
0.0
21.0
-
-
-

23.3

31.0
9.8

(19.4)
(0.5)
(2.3)

18.6

19.7
0.0
22.0
(12.2)
0.0
1.5

31.0

23.7
6.1

(0.2)
(24.3)
1.0

6.3

-
0.0
23.9
-
0.0
(0.2)

23.7

11.5
2.6

(1.6)
(1.9)
(1.0)

9.6

8.2
0.0
1.5
(0.2)
0.0
2.0

11.5

70  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
NON-CURRENT 

Balance at 1 July 2015 
Additional provisions 
Release of unused provision/transfer to current provision 
Amounts utilized 
Differences arising from translation of foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2016 

Balance at 1 July 2014 
Additional provisions 
Release of unused provision 
Amounts utilized 
Differences arising from translation of foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2015 

CONSOLIDATED 

EMPLOYEE
BENEFITS
$’M

ONEROUS
LEASES
$’M

WARRANTIES
$’M

DEFERRED
CONSIDERATION
$’M

OTHER
$’M

40.0
10.0
(1.1)
(17.5)
0.8

32.2

32.6
16.5
-
(12.2)
3.1

40.0

-
35.3
-
-
(0.7)

34.6

0.9
0.1
(0.9)
-
(0.1)

-

0.3
16.2
(0.3)
-
-

16.2

0.3
-
-
-
-

0.3

6.0
-
(6.1)
-
0.1

-

-
6.0
-
-
-

6.0

1.8
1.1
(0.5)
-
(1.0)

1.4

1.5
0.6
(0.7)
-
0.4

1.8

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Provisions are recognized when the consolidated entity has a legal, equitable or constructive obligation to make a future sacrifice of economic 
benefits to other entities as a result of past transactions or other past events, it is probable that a future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required 
and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 

Employee benefits 
Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the reporting date. These benefits include 
wages and salaries, annual leave, sick leave, severance pay and long service leave. 

Liabilities arising in respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, sick leave and any other employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months 
of the reporting date are measured at their nominal amounts based on remuneration rates which are expected to be paid when the liability is settled. 
All other employee benefits or liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made in respect of services 
provided by the employees up to the reporting date. In determining the present value of future cash outflows, the high quality corporate bond rate 
with terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related liability, is used. 

Deferred revenue 
The Group at times receives payment for services prior to revenue being recognized in the financial statements. Revenue is classified as deferred due 
to the criteria required for its recognition not being met as at the reporting date, in line with the accounting policy set out in note 4. It is expected this 
revenue will be earned within two years of balance date. 

Project provisions 
Where the outcome for a services contract is expected to result in an overall loss over the life of the project, this loss is provided for when it first 
becomes known that a loss will be incurred. 

Insurance 
Provision for insurance liabilities is recognized in line with actuarial calculations of unsettled insurance claims, net of insurance recoveries. 
The provision is based on the aggregate amount of individual claims incurred but not reported that are lower in value than the insurance deductible 
of the consolidated entity. It is based on the estimated cost of settling claims and consideration is given to the ultimate claim size, future inflation as 
well as the levels of compensation awarded through the courts. 

Onerous leases 
Provisions for onerous leases are recognized when the unavoidable costs of meeting the lease obligations under the contract exceed the economic 
benefits expected to be received under it. 

Warranties 
Provision is made for the estimated liability on all products and services still under warranty at balance date. This provision is estimated having 
regard to prior service warranty experience. In calculating the liability at balance date, amounts were not discounted to their present value as the 
effect of discounting was not material. It is expected that these costs will be incurred within two years of balance date. 

In determining the level of provision required for warranties, the Group has made judgments in respect of the expected performance and the costs of 
fulfilling the warranty. Historical experience and current knowledge have been used in determining this provision. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  71 

 
 
 
11. PROVISIONS (continued) 

Deferred consideration 
Deferred consideration arising from a business combination is initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition. Subsequently, it is measured 
in accordance with AASB 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. Where settlement of any part of the consideration for a business 
combination is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is 
the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under 
comparable terms and conditions. 

Dividends payable 
Provision is made for the amount of any dividends declared, determined, announced or publicly recommended by the directors before or at the end 
of the financial year but not distributed at balance date. 

12. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development 
of the business. The Board monitors the return on equity, which the Group defines as profit after income tax expense divided by the average total 
shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests. The Board also determines the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. 

The Board seeks to maintain a balance between the higher returns that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings and the advantages and 
security afforded by a sound capital position. 

The Board monitors this through the gearing ratio (net debt/net debt plus total equity), the size of available banking facilities and the assessment 
of the outlook for the Group operations. The target for the Group’s gearing ratio is between 25% and 35%. The gearing ratio at 30 June 2016 and 
30 June 2015 was as follows: 

Total interest bearing loans and borrowings1 
Less: derivatives2 
Less: cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt 
Total equity 

Gearing 

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the financial year. 

Neither the Group nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to externally imposed capital requirements. 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

1,243.9
(94.8)
(373.1)

776.0
1,879.9

29.2%

2015 
$’M 

1,240.1 
(73.6) 
(381.9) 

784.6 
2,017.6 

28.0% 

1 Excluding capitalized borrowing costs 

2 Including mark-to-market of cross currency swaps. 

72  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
13. INTEREST BEARING LOANS AND BORROWINGS 

Current 
Notes payable 
Unsecured bank loans 
Finance lease liability 
Bank overdraft 
Capitalized borrowing costs 

Non-current 
Notes payable 
Unsecured bank loans 
Finance lease liability 
Capitalized borrowing costs 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

227.5
20.4
2.2
-
(0.9)

249.2

861.1
132.4
0.3
(3.6)

990.2

2015
$’M

12.9
8.6
3.0
1.1
(0.1)

25.5

1,048.1
163.4
3.0
(4.1)

1,210.4

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Loans and borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of 
Financial Performance over the period of the loan using the effective interest rate method. 

Finance lease liability 
Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the 
inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. 

Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized as an expense in the Statement of Financial Performance. 

Borrowing costs 
Borrowing costs are recognized as expenses in the period in which they are incurred, except when they are included in the costs of qualifying assets.  
A qualifying asset is defined as an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale.  Borrowing costs 
include: 
•  interest on bank overdrafts, and short term and long term loans and borrowings; 
•  amortization of discounts or premiums relating to loans and borrowings and non-current payables; and 
•  finance lease charges. 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS 
Notes payable 
Unsecured notes payable were issued in the United States private debt capital market in May 2007, April 2008, March 2011 and September 2012 as 
follows: 

AMOUNT, MILLION 

USD 205.0 
USD 75.0 
USD 20.0 
USD 175.0 
USD 22.0 
USD 10.0 
USD 144.5 
USD 169.5 

DATE OF  ISSUE 

September 2012 
September 2012 
September 2012 
March 2011 
March 2011 
March 2011 
April 2008 
May 2007 

DATE OF MATURITY 

FIXED COUPON PER ANNUM 

September 2022 
September 2019 
September 2017 
March 2021 
March 2018 
March 2016 (matured) 
April 2018 
May 2017 

4.00% 
3.45% 
3.09% 
5.56% 
4.86% 
4.16% 
6.50% 
5.76% 

Cross currency swaps have been entered into, swapping USD 289.3 million (2015: USD 299.3 million) of notes payable into CAD 288.3 million (2015: 
CAD 298.2 million). This represents 45.1% of the outstanding notes issued in 2008, 2011 and 2012. 

Finance lease liability 
The Group leases various plant and equipment under finance leases with terms of three to eight years. 

Unsecured bank loans 
Unsecured bank loans are floating interest rate debt facilities. These facilities, denominated in various currencies, are subject to negative pledge 
arrangements which require the Group to comply with certain minimum financial requirements. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. ISSUED CAPITAL 

Ordinary shares, fully paid1 
Special voting share 

(A) MOVEMENTS IN SHARES 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Ordinary shares issued on redemption of exchangeable shares 
Exchangeable shares exchanged for ordinary shares 
Transfer from performance rights reserve on issuance of shares 
Ordinary shares issued from WorleyParsons Limited Plans Trust  

Balance at the end of the financial year 

2016
NUMBER OF
SHARES

247,867,335
1

247,867,336

2016
NUMBER OF
SHARES

247,263,345
580,189
(580,189)
555,636
48,355

247,867,336

CONSOLIDATED

2015
NUMBER OF 
SHARES

$’M

1,264.9
-

1,264.9

247,263,344
1

247,263,345

$’M

1,255.0
15.5
(15.5)
9.9
0.0

1,264.9

2015
NUMBER OF 
SHARES

246,531,762
197,150
(197,150)
731,583
-

247,263,345

$’M

1,255.0
-

1,255.0

$’M

1,239.7
5.3
(5.3)
15.3
-

1,255.0

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Issued and paid up capital is recognized at the fair value of the consideration received by the Group. Any transaction costs arising on the issue of 
ordinary shares are recognized directly in equity as a reduction of the share proceeds received. 

(B)  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ISSUED CAPITAL 
Ordinary shares 
Ordinary shares have the right to receive dividends as declared and, in the event of the winding up of the Company, to participate in the proceeds 
from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on shares held. Ordinary shares entitle their holder to one 
vote, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of the Company. 

Exchangeable shares 
The exchangeable shares were issued by WorleyParsons Canada SPV Limited as part of the consideration for the acquisition of the Colt Group. 
Exchangeable shares may be exchanged into ordinary shares of the Company on a one for one basis (subject to adjustments) at any time by the 
exchangeable shareholders. 

Exchangeable shares have the right to receive the same cash dividends or cash distributions as declared on the ordinary shares into which they are 
convertible. In the event of the winding up of the Company, the exchangeable shares would convert to ordinary shares, which would participate in 
the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets pro-rata with other ordinary shares. 

The exchangeable shares, through a voting trust which holds a special voting share in the Company, entitle their holders to vote at the Company’s 
general meetings as though they hold ordinary shares. During the financial year ended 30 June 2016, 580,189 (2015: 197,150) exchangeable shares 
were exchanged. 

Special voting share 
The special voting share was issued to Computershare Trust Company of Canada Limited (Trustee) as part of the consideration for the acquisition of 
the Colt Group. The special voting share does not have the right to receive dividends as declared, and in the event of the winding up of the 
Company is unable to participate in the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets. The special voting share has a right to vote together as one class 
of share with the holders of ordinary shares in the circumstances in which shareholders have a right to vote, subject to the Company’s Constitution 
and applicable law. The Trustee must vote in the manner instructed by an exchangeable shareholder in respect of the number of votes that would 
attach to the ordinary shares to be received by that exchangeable shareholder on exchange of its exchangeable shares. The special voting share has an 
aggregate number of votes equal to the number of votes attached to ordinary shares into which the exchangeable shares are retracted or redeemed. 

1 Included in ordinary shares are 2,540,875 (2015: 3,121,064) exchangeable shares. The issuance of the exchangeable shares and the attached special voting share replicate 
the economic effect of issuing ordinary shares in the Company. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, exchangeable shares are treated in the same single class of issued 
capital as ordinary shares. In addition, the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) treats these exchangeable shares to have been converted into ordinary shares of the 
Company at the time of their issue for the purposes of the ASX Listing Rules.  Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of 
authorized capital. The WorleyParsons Limited Plans Trust holds 218,818 (2015: 267,173) shares in the Company, which have been consolidated and eliminated in 
accordance with the accounting standards. 

74  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
(C) PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 
The policy in respect of performance rights is outlined in note 5. 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Rights granted 
Rights exercised 
Rights lapsed or expired 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

Exercisable at the end of the financial year 

Weighted average exercise price 

NUMBER OF  
PERFORMANCE RIGHTS AND SPPR 

2016

2015

2,226,779
1,874,717
(555,636)
(715,280)

2,830,580

1,874

$nil

2,891,244
1,042,685
(731,583)
(975,567)

2,226,779

864

$nil

Performance rights 
The outstanding balance as at 30 June 2016 is represented by: 
•  1,874 performance rights, vested on 30 September 2015 and expiring on 18 October 2019; 
•  68,422 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2016 and expiring on 18 October 2019; 
•  297,444 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2016 and expiring on 24 October 2020; 
•  91,932 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2017 and expiring on 24 October 2020; 
•  602,618 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2017 and expiring on 30 October 2021; 
•  152,644 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2018 and expiring on 30 October 2021; 
•  26,641 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2016 and expiring on 1 April 2022; 
•  1,009,252 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2018 and expiring on 28 October 2022; 
•  256,705 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2019 and expiring on 28 October 2022; 
•  26,641 performance rights, vesting on 30 September 2017 and expiring on 1 April 2022; 
•  100,175 performance rights, vesting on 31 October 2017 and expiring on 28 October 2022; and 
•  196,232 performance rights, vesting on 31 October 2017 and expiring on 28 October 2022. 

Weighted average remaining contractual life 
The weighted average remaining life for the rights outstanding as at 30 June 2016 is 5.7 years (2015: 5.4 years). 

Weighted average fair value 
The weighted average fair value of rights granted during the financial year was $4.82 (2015: $10.60). 

KEY ESTIMATES 
Pricing model 
The following table lists the inputs to the models used for the financial years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015: 

Dividend yield (%) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected life of rights (years) 
Rights exercise price ($) 
Weighted average share price at measurement date ($) 

PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 

PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 

PLAN 2016  

TSR, EPS AND SPPR 

CEO

EXECUTIVES

7.80-8.40
45
1.76-1.95
2-4
nil
6.52

7.80-8.40
45
1.76-1.95
2-4
nil
6.52

PLAN 2015 

TSR & EPS 

CEO

6.43
30
2.85
4
nil
13.70

EXECUTIVES

6.43-7.34
30-35
1.75-2.85
0.5-4
nil
9.34 & 13.70

The expected volatility was determined based on the historical share price volatility of the Company. The resulting expected volatility therefore 
reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  75 

 
 
  
 
 
 
15. RESERVES 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Hedge reserve 
Performance rights reserve 
Acquisition reserve 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

(266.2)
14.5
38.2
(9.6)

(223.1)

2015 
$’M 

(159.0) 
10.7 
46.9 
(9.6) 

(111.0) 

(A) FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION RESERVE 
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign controlled entities and associates, and the net investments hedged in their entities. 

(B)  HEDGE RESERVE 
The hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on hedging instruments used in the cash flow hedges that are recognized directly in equity. 
Amounts are recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance when the associated hedged transaction affects the profit and loss. 

The total amount recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance in relation to hedge ineffectiveness was a loss of $0.3 million (2015: 
$0.0 million). This amount is included in professional services costs. 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Specific hedges 
Hedging is undertaken to avoid or minimize potential adverse financial effects of movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Gains or losses 
arising upon entry into a hedging transaction intended to hedge the purchase or sale of goods or services, together with subsequent foreign 
exchange gains or losses resulting from those transactions, are deferred up to the date of the purchase or sale and included in the measurement of 
the purchase or sale. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither 
planned nor likely in the foreseeable future, are considered to form part of a net investment in a foreign operation and are recognized directly in 
equity in the foreign currency translation reserve. 

At each balance date, the Group measures the effectiveness of its cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument is recognized directly in equity, while the ineffective portion is recognized in the profit and loss. 

(C) PERFORMANCE RIGHTS RESERVE 
The performance rights reserve is used to recognize the fair value of performance rights issued but not vested. 

(D) ACQUISITION RESERVE 
The acquisition reserve is used to record differences between the carrying value of non-controlling interests before acquisition and the consideration 
paid upon acquisition of an additional shareholding, where the transaction does not result in a loss of control. 

16. EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE 

ATTRIBUTABLE TO MEMBERS OF WORLEYPARSONS LIMITED 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share  
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share  

The following reflects the income and security data used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share: 

(A) RECONCILIATION OF EARNINGS/(LOSS) USED IN CALCULATING EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE 

Earnings/(loss) used in calculating basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

(B)  WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES USED AS THE DENOMINATOR 

Weighted average number of ordinary securities used in calculating basic earnings/(loss) per share 
Performance rights which are considered dilutive1 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
CENTS

2015 
CENTS 

9.5
9.5

$’M

23.5

(22.2) 
(22.2) 

$’M 

(54.9) 

Number
247,676,851
657,337

Number 
247,078,995 
- 

Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary securities used in the calculating diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

248,334,188

247,078,995 

Within the total number of performance rights which are considered dilutive, the weighted average number of converted, lapsed or cancelled 
potential ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings/(loss) per share was 38,923 (2015: nil). In the previous reporting period, 308,430 of such 
potential ordinary shares were considered antidilutive. 

1 In the period performance rights which could be considered dilutive but were considered antidilutive were 1,204,233. 

76  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
MEASUREMENT 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share 
Basic earnings/(loss) per share is determined by dividing the profit/(loss) attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year. 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is calculated as profit/(loss) attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited adjusted for: 
•  costs of servicing equity (other than dividends); 
•  the after-tax effect of dividends and interest associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognized as expenses; and 
•  other non-discretionary changes in revenues or expenses during the period that would result from the dilution of potential ordinary shares, 

divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares, adjusted for any bonus element. 

17. DIVIDENDS 

(A) FINAL DIVIDEND PROPOSED 

Dividend in respect of the six months to 30 June 2016: 
Nil cents per share 
Dividend in respect of the six months to 30 June 2015: 
22.0 cents per share, unfranked1 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

-

-

-

54.4

The directors have resolved not to pay a final dividend (2015: 22.0 cents per share, unfranked). The Company will make total dividend payments of 
nil per share for the financial year (2015: 56.0 cents per share including the half year (interim) dividend).  

(B)  DIVIDENDS PAID DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR 

Dividend in respect of the six months to 30 June 2015: 
22.0 cents per share (unfranked) 
Dividend in respect of the six months to 31 December 2014: 
34.0 cents per share (2.7 cents franked) 
Dividend in respect of the six months to 30 June 2014: 
51.0 cents per share (10.5 cents franked) 

(C) IMPUTATION CREDIT BALANCE OF THE PARENT ENTITY 

The amount of imputation credits available on a tax paid basis for future tax distributions is: 
Imputation credits balance as at the end of the financial year at the corporate tax rate of 30% (2015: 30%) 
Imputation debits arising from the payments of refunds of income tax provided in 
this financial report 

Imputation credits available for distribution 
Imputation debits that will arise from the payment of the final dividend 

Imputation credits available for future dividends 

18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 

54.4

-

-

54.4

1.2

(1.2)

-
-

-

-

84.1

125.7

209.8

5.2

(5.2)

-
-

-

(A) OVERVIEW 
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise receivables, payables, bank loans and overdrafts, finance leases, cash and short term deposits 
and derivatives. The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments: 
•  credit risk; 
•  liquidity risk; and 
•  market risk. 

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and 
managing risk, and the management of capital. Quantitative disclosures are included throughout this financial report. 

1 The Group has sufficient credits in its foreign income account to ensure that there should be no Australian dividend withholding tax withheld on 
dividends paid to non-resident shareholders. The unfranked portion of the dividend represents conduit foreign income. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
 
18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

The Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the risk management framework. The Audit and Risk Committee assists 
the Board in overseeing the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting risk management framework and internal controls. 

Risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to 
monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the 
Group’s activities. The Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive 
control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations. 

The Committee is assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management 
controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Committee. 

(B)  CREDIT RISK 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. 
The financial assets of the Group comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and derivative financial instruments and off 
Statement of Financial Position guarantees and letters of credit. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is equal to the carrying amount of 
these instruments. Exposure at balance date is addressed in each applicable note. Credit exposure of derivatives is considered to be any positive 
market value. 

Trade and other receivables 
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The profiles of the Group’s customer 
base, including the default risk of the industry and country in which customers operate, have less of an influence on credit risk. Geographically and 
on a customer basis, there is no concentration of credit risk. 

The Group has a credit policy under which each new customer is analyzed for creditworthiness before the Group’s standard payment and delivery 
terms and conditions are offered. The Group’s review includes external ratings, when available, and in some cases bank references. 

The Group has established an allowance for impairment that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of trade and other receivables. 
This allowance comprises only those components that are individually significant. 

Guarantees 
Details of outstanding guarantees are provided in note 25(A). The Group is, in the normal course of business, required to provide guarantees and 
letters of credit on behalf of controlled entities, associates and related parties in respect of their contractual performance related obligations. 

Maximum credit exposure 
The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the 
reporting date was: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables, unbilled contract revenue and retentions 
Other receivables 
Amounts owing by associates and related parties 
Derivatives 

The ageing of the Group’s trade receivables, unbilled contract revenue and retentions at the reporting date was: 

Unbilled contract revenue 
0-30 days 
Past due 31-60 days 
Past due 61-90 days 
Past due 91-120 days 
More than 121 days 

GROSS
2016

$’M

823.2
448.0
80.6
53.3
15.7
278.1

1,698.9

 PROVISION FOR
IMPAIRMENT
2016

$’M

-
-
-
(0.8)
(0.3)
(49.6)

(50.7)

CARRYING AMOUNT 
CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

373.1
1,648.2
176.6
54.4
95.5

2,347.8

GROSS
2015

$’M

952.4
517.4
206.8
50.1
53.3
187.6

1,967.6

2015 
$’M 

381.9 
1,918.1 
164.6 
60.2 
74.5 

2,599.3 

PROVISION FOR 
IMPAIRMENT
2015

$’M

-
(0.5)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(48.6)

(49.5)

Based on historic default rates, the Group believes that no impairment allowance is necessary in respect of receivables not past due or past due by up 
to 30 days other than for specifically identified accounts. The Group’s typical payment terms are 30 days from date of invoice. 

The allowance amounts in respect of trade receivables are used to record impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery of the 
amount owing is possible; at that point, the amount is considered irrecoverable and is written off against the financial asset directly. 

Counterparties with receivables neither past due nor impaired are assessed as creditworthy. 

78  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(C) LIQUIDITY RISK 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity 
is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, 
without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. 

The Group ensures that it has sufficient cash on demand to meet expected operational expenses including the servicing of financial obligations; 
this excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be predicted, such as natural disasters. 

The Group has unrestricted access at balance date to the following lines of credit: 

UNSECURED FACILITIES 
Total facilities available: 
Loan facilities 
Overdraft facilities 
Bank guarantees and letters of credit 

Facilities utilized at balance date: 
Loan facilities1 
Overdraft facilities 
Bank guarantees and letters of credit 

Facilities available at balance date: 
Loan facilities 
Overdraft facilities 
Bank guarantees and letters of credit 

The maturity profile in respect of the Group's total unsecured loan and overdraft facilities is set out below: 
Due within one year 
Due between one and four year(s) 
Due after four years 

SECURED FACILITIES 
Total facilities available: 
Finance lease facilities 

Facilities utilized at balance date: 
Finance lease facilities 

The maturity profile in respect of the Group's secured facilities is set out below: 
Due within one year 
Due between one and four year(s) 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

2,076.5
102.7
1,159.3

3,338.5

1,241.4
-
646.6

1,888.0

835.1
102.7
512.7

1,950.8
130.0
1,196.1

3,276.9

1,233.0
1.1
753.6

1,987.7

717.8
128.9
442.5

1,450.5

1,289.2

382.3
1,286.9
510.0

2,179.2

173.6
1,319.1
588.1

2,080.8

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.2
0.3

2.5

6.0

6.0

6.0

6.0

3.0
3.0

6.0

1 Excludes capitalized borrowing costs. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from balance date to the 
contractual maturity date. As the amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, their balances will not necessarily 
agree with the amounts disclosed in the Statement of Financial Position. 

As at 30 June 2016 
Due within one year 
Due between one and four year(s) 
Due after four years 

As at 30 June 2015 
Due within one year 
Due between one and four year(s) 
Due after four years 

TRADE AND OTHER
PAYABLES

PAYABLES TO
ASSOCIATES AND
RELATED PARTIES

$’M

485.5
30.4
-

515.9

510.1
29.5
-

539.6

$’M

16.7
-
-

16.7

11.0
-
-

11.0

INTEREST
BEARING
LOANS AND
BORROWINGS

$’M

CONSOLIDATED

EXPECTED
FUTURE 
INTEREST 
PAYMENTS

$’M

250.1
483.8
510.0

1,243.9

25.6
626.4
588.1

1,240.1

11.8
25.1
137.5

174.4

0.5
63.5
162.6

226.6

DERIVATIVES

$’M

4.8
-
-

4.8

2.9
-
-

2.9

TOTAL
FINANCIAL
LIABILITES

$’M

768.9
539.3
647.5

1,955.7

550.1
719.4
750.7

2,020.2

(D) MARKET RISK 
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Group’s income or 
the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within 
acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return. The Group enters into derivatives, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage 
market risk. Generally, the Group seeks to apply hedge accounting in order to reduce volatility in the profit and loss. 
(i) Currency risk 

The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional 
currencies of Group entities. In the ordinary course of business, the Group structures its contracts to be in the functional currency of the country 
where the work is performed and costs incurred. 

The Group uses forward exchange contracts and foreign currency options to hedge its currency risk, most with a maturity of less than one year from 
the reporting date. When necessary, forward exchange contracts are rolled over at maturity. 

Interest on loans and borrowings is denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations for the Group 
resulting in an economic hedge. Interest is primarily AUD, CAD, GBP and USD denominated. 

A number of the Group controlled entities have a functional currency other than AUD. The exchange gains or losses on the net equity investment of 
foreign operations are reflected in the foreign currency translation reserve within the equity attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited. 
Currency exposure arising from the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations is managed primarily through borrowings denominated in the 
relevant foreign currencies. 
(1) CROSS CURRENCY SWAPS 

The Group uses cross currency swaps to hedge its foreign currency interest rate risk, most with a maturity of greater than one year from the 
reporting date. 

At balance date, the details of cross currency swaps were: 

Contracts to buy USD and sell CAD 
Matured 24 March 2016 
Maturing 24 March 2018 
Maturing 30 April 2018 
Maturing 13 September 2019 
Maturing 24 March 2021 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE  
EXCHANGE RATE 

AMOUNT 
RECEIVABLE/(PAYABLE) 

AMOUNT 
RECEIVABLE/(PAYABLE) 

2016 

- 
0.99 
1.00 
1.01 
0.99 

2015

0.99
0.99
1.00
1.01
0.99

2016

$’M

2016

$’M

2015

$’M

2015

$’M

-
USD 22.0
USD 72.3
USD 75.0
USD 120.0

-
CAD (21.7)
CAD (72.3)
CAD (76.0)
CAD (118.3)

USD 10.0
USD 22.0
USD 72.3
USD 75.0
USD 120.0

CAD (9.9)
CAD (21.7)
CAD (72.3)
CAD (76.0)
CAD (118.3)

The following gains and losses have been deferred at balance date: 

Fair value gain on cross currency hedge 
Foreign exchange loss on hedge relationship 

Net gain pre-tax in hedge relationship 

80  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

94.8
(89.1)

5.7

2015 
$’M 

73.6 
(74.4) 

(0.8) 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS 

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange rate transaction risk on foreign currency sales and purchases, and loans to and from related entities. The 
most significant foreign exchange risk is USD receipts by Australian and other non-US entities. When required, hedging is undertaken through 
transactions entered into in the foreign exchange markets. Forward exchange contracts have been used for hedging purposes and are generally 
accounted for as cash flow hedges. 

At balance date, the details of significant outstanding contracts were: 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE  
EXCHANGE RATE 

AMOUNT 
RECEIVABLE/(PAYABLE) 

AMOUNT 
RECEIVABLE/(PAYABLE) 

Maturing in the next 6 months to 31 December 2016 
Buy AUD and Sell USD 
Buy CAD and Sell USD 
Buy CNY and Sell AUD 
Buy CNY and Sell CAD 
Buy CNY and Sell USD 
Buy EUR and Sell AUD 
Buy EUR and Sell KRW 
Buy EUR and Sell KWD 
Buy EUR and sell USD  
Buy GBP and Sell AUD 
Buy GBP and Sell CNY 
Buy GBP and Sell EUR 
Buy GBP and Sell RUB 
Buy GBP and Sell USD 
Buy INR and Sell USD 
Buy MYR and Sell AUD 
Buy MYR and Sell CAD 
Buy MYR and Sell GBP 
Buy MYR and Sell USD 
Buy NOK and Sell AUD 
Buy NOK and Sell SGD 
Buy NZD and Sell AUD 
Buy SGD and Sell AUD 
Buy SGD and Sell USD  
Buy USD and Sell AUD 
Buy USD and Sell CAD  
Buy USD and Sell GBP 
Buy ZAR and Sell EUR 
Maturing in the next 6-12 months to 30 June 2017 
Buy AUD and Sell USD 
Buy CNY and Sell USD  
Buy EUR and Sell KWD 
Buy GBP and Sell CNY  
Buy GBP and Sell EUR 
Maturing in the next 12-18 months to 31 December 
2017 
Buy AUD and Sell USD 

2016

1.32
-
4.79
-
6.60
-
-
2.92
1.10
-
9.90
0.66
-
1.46
68.36
3.00
3.24
6.75
4.37
6.10
0.17
1.06
0.99
1.38
-
1.31
-
16.33

-
6.66
-
10.24
-

2015

1.15
1.24
-
5.08
-
0.69
2.97
-
-
0.49

0.77
0.01
-
-
2.86
-
-
-
5.92

1.12
1.04

0.77

1.57
-

1.31
-
2.95
-
0.80

2016
$’M

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

2015
$’M

AUD 24.4
-
CNY 121.4
-
CNY 83.5
-
-
EUR 0.7
EUR 6.8
-
GBP 2.6
GBP 0.1
-
GBP 2.2
INR 62.9
MYR 1.7
MYR 8.0
MYR 1.4
MYR 9.7
NOK 135.0
NOK 0.0
NZD 6.0
SGD 7.3
SGD 0.8
-
USD 11.9
-
ZAR 19.7

-
CNY 10.7
-
GBP 1.3
-

USD (18.5)
-
AUD (25.3)
-
USD (12.6)
-
-
KWD (0.2)
USD (7.5)
-
CNY (26.1)
EUR (0.2)
-
USD (3.2)
USD (0.9)
AUD (0.6)
CAD (2.5)
GBP (0.2)
USD (2.2)
AUD (22.1)
SGD (0.2)
AUD (5.7)
AUD (7.4)
USD (0.6)
-
CAD (15.5)
-
EUR (1.2)

-
USD (1.6)
-
CNY (13.7)
-

AUD 9.1
CAD 40
-
CNY 2.5
-
EUR 0.3
EUR 1.4
-
-
GBP 3.5

GBP 1.9
GBP 0.6
-
-
MYR 10
-
-
-
NOK 179

USD (7.9)
USD (32.3)
-
CAD (0.5)
-
AUD (0.4)
KRW (0.5)
-
-
AUD (7.1)

EUR (2.4)
RUB (37.8)
-
-
AUD (3.5)
-
-
-
AUD (30.2)

NZD 5.5
SGD 2.6

AUD (4.9)
AUD (2.5)

USD 10.0

AUD (13.0)

USD 5.6
-

GBP (3.6)
-

AUD 3.0

USD (2.3)

EUR 0.7

KWD (0.2)

GBP 0.4

EUR (0.5)

1.0

-

AUD 0.0

USD (0.0)

-

-

As these contracts are hedging anticipated future receipts and sales, to the extent that they satisfy hedge accounting criteria, any unrealized gains 
and losses on the contracts, together with the cost of the contracts, are deferred and will be recognized in the measurement of the underlying 
transaction provided the underlying transaction is still expected to occur as originally designated. Included in the amounts deferred are any gains 
and losses on hedging contracts terminated prior to maturity where the related hedged transaction is still expected to occur as designated. 

The gains and losses deferred in the Statement of Financial Position were: 

Effective hedge – unrealized gains 
Effective hedge – unrealized losses 

Net unrealized losses, pre-tax 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

1.5
(2.0)

(0.5)

2015
$’M

0.9
(2.9)

(2.0)

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  81 

 
 
 
 
 
18. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued) 
(3) FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK EXPOSURE 

The Group’s year-end Statement of Financial Position exposure to foreign currency risk was as follows, based on notional amounts. The following 
are financial assets and liabilities (unhedged amounts) in currencies other than the functional currencies of the entity in which they are recorded: 

As at 30 June 2016 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade receivables and unbilled contract revenue 

Trade payables  

Gross Statement of Financial Position exposure 

As at 30 June 2015 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade receivables and unbilled contract revenue 

Trade payables  

Gross Statement of Financial Position exposure 

(4) CURRENCY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS 

CAD1
$’M

0.5

1.4

(4.0)

(2.1)

0.5

0.8

(0.2)

1.1

CONSOLIDATED 

GBP1 
$’M 

3.4 

1.8 

(3.1) 

2.1 

4.7 

2.8 

(0.7) 

6.8 

USD1
$’M

96.8

61.6

(86.4)

72.0

87.7

83.1

(60.6)

110.2

EUR1
$’M

3.4

13.0

(7.5)

8.9

2.1

5.7

(32.6)

(24.8)

OTHER1 
$’M 

14.1 

7.2 

(6.5) 

14.8 

23.7 

70.1 

(39.3) 

54.5 

A 10% weakening of the Australian dollar against the following currencies at 30 June 2016 in relation to the preceding foreign currency exposures 
would have increased/(decreased) equity and profit by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular 
interest rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed and shown on the same basis for 2015. 

CONSOLIDATED

    2016 

      2015 

EFFECTS IN MILLIONS OF AUD 

EQUITY

PROFIT

EQUITY

PROFIT

CAD 

GBP 

USD 

EUR 

Other 

-

-

-

-

-

(0.2)

0.3

7.5

1.0

1.0

-

-

-

-

-

0.1

1.1

11.1

(2.8)

3.8

A 10% strengthening of the Australian dollar against the above currencies at 30 June 2016 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above 
currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant. 

The following significant exchange rates against the AUD applied during the financial year: 

CAD 

GBP 

USD 

EUR 

AVERAGE  
EXCHANGE RATE 

REPORTING DATE 
SPOT EXCHANGE RATE 

2016

0.9653

0.4912

0.7284

0.6565

2015

0.9774

0.5305

0.8370

0.6958

2016

0.9647

0.5595

0.7450

0.6712

2015 

0.9542 

0.4914 

0.7737 

0.6907 

1 Represented in AUD currency millions as indicated. 

82  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
(ii) Interest rate risk 

Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. 

The Group enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. The Group adopts a policy of ensuring that the majority of its exposure to 
interest rates on borrowings is on a fixed rate basis. 
(1) INTEREST RATE RISK EXPOSURES 

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate by maturity periods are set out in the following table: 

AS AT 30 JUNE 2016 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Bank loans 1 

Notes payable1 

Finance lease liabilities  

AS AT 30 JUNE 2015 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Bank loans and overdrafts1 

Notes payable1 

Finance lease liabilities  

WEIGHTED 
AVERAGE
INTEREST 
RATE
% PA

FLOATING
INTEREST 
RATE
$'M

1 YEAR 
OR LESS 
$'M 

1 TO
2 YEAR(S)
$'M

2 TO
3 YEARS
$'M

3 TO
4 YEARS
$'M

4 TO
5 YEARS
$'M

MORE THAN
5 YEARS
$'M

NON-
INTEREST 
BEARING 
$'M 

1.4

2.3

5.1

2.8

1.5

2.0

5.1

2.1

373.1

-

-

-

381.9

-

-

-

- 

20.4 

227.5 

2.2 

- 

9.7 

12.9 

3.0 

-

-

250.3

0.3

-

163.4

219.1

2.8

-

132.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

240.9

0.2

100.7

234.9

275.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

96.9

-

491.2

-

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

TOTAL
$'M

373.1

152.8

1,088.6

2.5

381.9

173.1

1,061.0

6.0

As the largest component of interest bearing liabilities, being notes payable, are at fixed interest rates, the effect of changes in interest rates on equity 
and profit of the Group is negligible. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are non-interest bearing. 

19. FAIR VALUES 

DETERMINATION OF FAIR VALUES 
The Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. 
Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further 
information about the assumptions used in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability. 

Derivatives 
The fair value of forward exchange contracts is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price for the residual 
maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). The fair value of interest rate swaps is based on broker quotes. 
Those quotes are tested for reasonableness by discounting estimated cash flows based on the terms and maturity of each contract and using market 
interest rates for similar instruments at the measurement date. 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date. For finance leases, the market rate of interest is determined by reference to similar lease agreements. 

FAIR VALUES COMPARED TO CARRYING AMOUNTS 
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities approximate their carrying values with the exception of interest bearing loans and borrowings which 
have a fair value of $1,394.0 million (2015: $1,385.5 million) and a carrying value of $1,243.9 million (2015: $1,240.1 million). 

The Group uses the following hierarchy for determining the fair value of a financial asset or liability: 
•  Level 1 – the fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets; and 
•  Level 2 – the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices). The Group's interest bearing loans and borrowings and derivative instruments including 
interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts fall within Level 2 of the hierarchy.  

Derivative instruments including interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts are restated to fair values at each reporting date based on 
market observable inputs such as foreign exchange spot and forward rates, interest rate curves and forward rate curves. 

Fair values of the Group’s interest bearing loans and borrowings are determined by discounting future cash flows using period-end borrowing rates 
on loans and borrowings with similar terms and maturity. 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2, and no financial instruments were measured at Level 3 (where fair value is measured using 
unobservable inputs for the asset or liability) for the periods presented in this report. 

1 Excludes capitalized borrowing costs. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
ENTITY 

COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION

20. INVESTMENTS IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES 

(A) SIGNIFICANT ENTITIES 

Worley No 2 Pty Limited1 

WorleyParsons Canada Services Ltd 

WorleyParsonsCord Limted 

WorleyParsons Engineering Pty Limited1 

WorleyParsons Europe Limited  

WorleyParsons Financial Services Pty Limited1 

WorleyParsons Group Inc  

WorleyParsons International Inc  

WorleyParsons Oman Engineering LLC  

WorleyParsons Services Pty Limited1 

Rosenberg WorleyParsons AS 

Beijing MaisonWorleyParsons Engineering & Technology Co Limited 

WorleyParsons Kazakhstan LLP 

Australia

Canada

Canada

Australia

United Kingdom

Australia

USA

USA

Oman

Australia

Norway

China

Kazakhstan

BENEFICIAL 
INTEREST HELD BY 
CONSOLIDATED ENTITY 

2016
%

2015 
% 

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

51

100

100

80

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

51

100

100

80

100

In accordance with the accounting standards, the Group discloses only significant entities identified on the basis of materiality. 

(B)  ACQUISITION OF CONTROLLED ENTITIES 
During the year ended 30 June 2016, the Group finalized the acquisition accounting for an additional net interest in entities which had previously 
been accounted for as joint operations. This resulted in a $4.5 million net gain on revaluation of investments previously accounted for as joint 
operations. 

On 24 October 2014, the Group acquired 100% of the voting shares of MTG Limited (MTG) and its controlled entities. MTG is a US based 
management consulting firm in the oil and gas, petrochemicals and chemicals industries with operations in North America, the United Kingdom 
and Australia. The acquisition was made as a building block in the growth of Advisian, the advisory business of the Group.  

There were no other changes to the acquisition values recognized in the 30 June 2015 financial statements. 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Controlled entities 
Where control of an entity is obtained during a financial year, its results are included in the Statement of Financial Performance and the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income from the date on which control commences. Where control of an entity ceases during a financial year, its results are included 
for that part of the year during which control existed. 

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction. 

Acquisition of assets and business combinations 
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are 
acquired. Cost is measured as the fair value of the assets given up, shares issued or liabilities undertaken or assumed at the date of acquisition. 
Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Where equity instruments are issued in a business combination, 
the value of the instruments is their market price as determined by market valuation at the acquisition date. Transaction costs arising on the issue of 
equity instruments are recognized directly in equity. 

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is 
remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through the profit and loss. 

1 Entities subject to Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order 98/1418 relief. 

84  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
Except for non-current assets or disposal groups classified as held for sale (which are measured at fair value less costs to sell), all identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, 
irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of the business combination over the net fair value of the Group’s 
share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the Group’s share of the net fair value of 
the identifiable net assets of the subsidiary, the difference is recognized as a gain in the Statement of Financial Performance, but only after a 
reassessment of the identification and measurement of the net assets acquired. 

Where settlement of any part of the consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the date 
of exchange. The discount rate used is the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from 
an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. 

21. EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 

(A) DETAILS OF EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 
The Group’s largest equity accounted associates are listed below. None is considered individually material to the Group. 

OWNERSHIP INTEREST 
CONSOLIDATED

CARRYING AMOUNT
CONSOLIDATED

ENTITY  

Significant investments 

PRINCIPAL 
PLACE OF  
BUSINESS 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY 

Transfield Worley Power Services Pty Limited 

Australia 

Infrastructure 

DeltaAfrik Engineering Limited 

Nigeria 

Hydrocarbons 

Ranhill WorleyParsons Sdn Bhd  

Malaysia 

Hydrocarbons 

Nana WorleyParsons LLC 

USA 

Hydrocarbons 

Cegertec WorleyParsons Inc 

Canada 

Minerals, Metals & Chemicals 

Other investments1 

2016
%

50

49

49

50

50

2015
%

50

49

49

50

50

(B)  CARRYING AMOUNT OF EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Share of net (losses)/profits of investments accounted for using the equity method 
Dividends declared by equity accounted associates 
Change in nature of investment 
Write-down of investments in equity accounted associates   
Movement in foreign currency translation reserve of equity accounted associates 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

(C) NET PROFITS ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 

Profits before income tax expense 
Income tax expense 

Net profits of equity accounted associates 

2016
$’M

23.5

21.3

13.6

12.6

3.0

12.8

86.8

2016
$’M

116.2
(2.3)
(6.3)
(0.8)
(12.1)
(7.9)

86.8

2.7
(5.0)

(2.3)

2015
$’M

22.4

22.9

20.3

13.9

12.7

24.0

116.2

CONSOLIDATED 

2015
$’M

115.5
10.8
(15.8)
-
-
5.7

116.2

14.8
(4.0)

10.8

(D) REVENUE ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 

Share of revenue from equity accounted associates 

342.5

514.6

(E)  RESERVES ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION RESERVE 
Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Change in nature of investment  
Movement in reserve 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

(11.7)
0.2
(8.1)

(19.6)

(17.4)

5.7

(11.7)

1 In July 2015 the ownership of Sakhneftegaz Engineering LLC changed from 50% to 100% and the entity was consolidated from July 2015. The financial result of change 

of nature of the investment did not have a significant impact to the financial statements at 30 June 2016. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
21. EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES (continued) 

(F)  RETAINED PROFITS ATTRIBUTABLE TO EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Share of net (losses)/profits of investments accounted for using the equity method 
Write-down of investments in equity accounted associates 
Change in nature of investment  
Dividends declared by equity accounted associates 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

(G) SHARE OF EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES’ CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

Performance related guarantees issued 

(H) SHARE OF EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES’ EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS 

Operating lease commitments 

(I)  SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF EQUITY ACCOUNTED ASSOCIATES 
The consolidated entity’s share of aggregate assets and liabilities of equity accounted associates is: 

Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 
Goodwill 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

106.4
(2.3)
(12.1)
(0.9)
(6.3)

84.8

5.0

1.5

124.3
72.3
(98.5)
(11.3)

86.8
-

86.8

111.4 
10.8 
- 
- 
(15.8) 

106.4 

7.4 

0.6 

165.4 
90.2 
(131.9) 
(15.4) 

108.3 
7.9 

116.2 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Investments in associates are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under this method, the 
consolidated entity’s share of the post-acquisition profits or losses after tax of associates is recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance and 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income, and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in consolidated reserves. The 
cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the cost of the investment. Associates are those entities over which the consolidated 
entity exercises significant influence, but not control. 

86  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
22. INTERESTS IN JOINT OPERATIONS 

JOINT OPERATION 

The Group’s largest joint operation is listed below. It is not individually material to the Group. 

Kazakh Projects Joint Venture 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY

Hydrocarbons

OWNERSHIP INTEREST 
CONSOLIDATED 

2016
%

50

2015
%

50

The consolidated entity’s interests in the assets and liabilities employed in all joint operations are included in the Statement of Financial Position 
under the following classifications: 

CONSOLIDATED 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

2016
$’M

7.8
35.4
1.5

44.7

0.0

0.0

44.7

38.8
0.1

38.9

-

-

38.9

5.8

2015
$’M

7.7
41.2
4.6

53.5

0.1

0.1

53.6

50.6
-

50.6

-

-

50.6

3.0

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
The Group recognizes its proportionate interest in the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of any joint operations. These balances are 
incorporated in the financial statements under the appropriate headings. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. ASSETS AND LIABILITIES HELD FOR SALE 

At 30 June 2016, the investment in the equity accounted associate Cegertec WorleyParsons Inc (Cegertec) and certain assets and liabilities of the 
WorleyParsons business in South Africa were in the process of being sold. The details are listed below: 
•  Cegertec is an investment accounted for as an equity accounted associate. At 30 June 2016, the total investment was $3.0m, after an impairment 
charge of $7.5m recognized in FY2016. The value of investment into Cegertec as at 30 June 2016 represents the amount expected to be recovered 
through sale. 

•  Certain net assets of the WorleyParsons Public Infrastructure business in South Africa totaling $2.0m at 30 June 2016 are expected to be recovered 

through sale. 

Whilst these businesses are assessed as assets held for sale as at 30 June 2016 and have been measured at fair value in accordance with accounting 
standards, they have not been reclassified as current assets in the Statement of Financial Position on the basis of materiality.                   

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale and measured at the lower of their carrying value, and fair value less costs to 
sell, if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction. They are not depreciated or amortized. For an asset or disposal 
group to be classified as held for sale, it must be available for immediate sale in its present condition and its sale must be highly probable. 

An impairment loss is recognized for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell. A gain is 
recognized for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any cumulative impairment 
loss previously recognized. A gain or loss not previously recognized by the date of the sale of the non-current asset (or disposal group) is recognized 
at the date of derecognition. 

The assets and liabilities are presented separately on the face of the Statement of Financial Position except where the amounts involved are 
considered immaterial. 

24. COMMITMENTS FOR EXPENDITURE 

(A) OPERATING LEASES 
Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancelable operating leases are payable as follows: 

Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 
Later than five years 

Commitments not recognized in the financial statements 

(B)  OPERATING EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS 
Estimated commitments for operating expenditure in relation to software and information technology are payable as follows: 

Within one year 
Later than one year and not later than five years 

Commitments not recognized in the financial statements 

Commitments are disclosed net of the amount of GST payable to the taxation authority. 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

170.0
375.9
24.8

570.7

92.2
26.2

118.4

201.0 
403.2 
65.4 

669.6 

110.6 
14.1 

124.7 

88  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

(A) GUARANTEES 
The Company is, in the normal course of business, required to provide guarantees and letters of credit on behalf of controlled entities, associates and 
related parties in respect of their contractual performance related obligations. 

These guarantees and letters of credit only give rise to a liability where the entity concerned fails to perform its contractual obligation. 

Bank guarantees outstanding at balance date in respect of contractual performance 

Commitments not recognized in the financial statements 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

646.6

646.6

2015
$’M

753.6

753.6

Contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from or payable to the taxation authority. 

(B)  ACTUAL AND PENDING CLAIMS 
The Company is subject to various actual and pending claims arising in the normal course of business. The Company has regular claims reviews, 
including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The 
directors are currently of the view that the consolidated entity is adequately provided in respect of these claims in accordance with the accounting 
policy set out in note 11. 

(C) ASBESTOS 
Certain subsidiaries acquired as part of the Parsons acquisition (Parsons E&C), have been, and continue to be, the subject of litigation relating to the 
handling of, or exposure to, asbestos. Due to the continuation and extension of the existing indemnity and asbestos claims administration 
arrangements between Parsons Corporation and Parsons E&C Corporation, the Group is not aware of any circumstance that is likely to lead to a 
residual contingent exposure for the Group in respect of asbestos liabilities. 

26. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have resolved to pay no dividend (2015: 22.0 cents per share, unfranked). 

Unless disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements, no other material matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2016 that has significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect: 
•  the consolidated entity’s operations in future financial years; 
•  the results of those operations in future financial years; or 
•  the consolidated entity’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

27. PROCUREMENT 

In certain situations, the Group will enter into contracts with its customers which require the Group to procure goods and services on behalf of the 
customer. 

Where the risks and rewards associated with the procurement activities are assumed by the Group, the revenues and expenses, and assets and 
liabilities are recognized on a gross basis in the Statement of Financial Performance and Statement of Financial Position. 

The following procurement revenues and costs, and assets and liabilities have been recognized on a gross basis in the Statement of Financial 
Performance and Statement of Financial Position: 

REVENUE AND EXPENSES1 
Procurement revenue at margin 
Procurement costs at margin 
Procurement revenue at nil margin 
Procurement costs at nil margin 

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

345.3
(331.6)
2,226.4
(2,226.4)

69.4
324.7
(326.7)

2015
$’M

336.0
(325.1)
2,034.9
(2,034.9)

91.6
171.2
(123.0)

1 Revenue and expenses exclude procurement revenue and expenses from associates. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
CONSOLIDATED 

28. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Land and buildings 
At cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Leasehold improvements 
At cost 
Accumulated amortization 

Plant and equipment 
At cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Computer equipment 
At cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Total property, plant and equipment 

2016
$’M

9.1
(4.5)

4.6

170.5
(139.3)

31.2

173.4
(145.2)

28.2

76.9
(67.6)

9.3

73.3

RECONCILIATIONS 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of each class of property, plant and equipment at the beginning and end of the current and previous 
financial years are set out below: 

Balance at 1 July 2015 
Additions 
Disposals 
Other movements 
Depreciation 
Amortization 
Differences arising on translation of foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2016 

Balance at 1 July 2014 
Additions due to the acquisition of entities 
Additions 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Amortization 
Differences arising on translation of foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2015 

CONSOLIDATED 

LAND AND

LEASEHOLD

BUILDINGS

IMPROVEMENTS

PLANT AND

EQUIPMENT

COMPUTER

EQUIPMENT

$’M

9.3
-
(0.7)
-
(3.9)
-
(0.1)

4.6

1.2
-
8.2
-
(0.3)
-
0.2

9.3

$’M

46.4
8.1
(8.3)
(0.7)
-
(14.1)
(0.2)

31.2

60.5
-
9.8
(0.6)
-
(27.0)
3.7

46.4

$’M

45.3
9.1
(3.2)
(4.6)
(18.9)
-
0.5

28.2

46.3
0.2
16.2
(1.1)
(19.8)
-
3.5

45.3

$’M

6.2
6.2
(0.8)
-
(2.3)
-
-

9.3

7.7
0.2
2.4
(0.4)
(4.5)
-
0.8

6.2

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, amortization and impairment, if any. 

2015 
$’M 

9.8 
(0.5) 

9.3 

196.2 
(149.8) 

46.4 

190.3 
(145.0) 

45.3 

79.8 
(73.6) 

6.2 

107.2 

TOTAL

$’M

107.2
23.4
(13.0)
(5.3)
(25.1)
(14.1)
0.2

73.3

115.7
0.4
36.6
(2.1)
(24.6)
(27.0)
8.2

107.2

90  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
29. DEFERRED TAX 

(A) DEFERRED TAX ASSETS 
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 

Amounts recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance: 

Allowance for impairment of receivables 
Employee benefits provisions 
Warranty provisions 
Project provisions 
Other provisions 
Property, plant and equipment 
Sundry accruals 
Recognized tax losses 
Unused foreign tax credits 
Unrealized foreign exchange losses 
Lease incentives 
Other 

Amounts recognized directly in equity: 
Foreign exchange losses 

Deferred tax assets 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Acquisition of controlled entities 
Credited to the Statement of Financial Performance 
Charged to equity 
Disposal of subsidiary 
Differences arising on translation of foreign operations 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015
$’M

9.0
42.0
3.6
16.7
55.3
19.3
19.7
35.3
40.2
51.3
3.0
1.0

296.4

1.1

297.5

212.3
-
105.7
(20.8)
-
0.3

297.5

7.2
45.1
4.4
17.2
41.7
14.6
17.0
16.2
11.7
0.0
2.4
12.9

190.4

21.9

212.3

195.6
6.6
(10.6)
(4.9)
(0.5)
26.1

212.3

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
29. DEFERRED TAX (continued) 

(B)  DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES 
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 

Amounts recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance: 

Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill 
Unbilled contract revenue 
Property, plant and equipment 
Unrealized foreign exchange gains 
Prepayments 
Other 

Amounts recognized directly in equity: 
Other 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Balance at the beginning of the financial year 
Acquisition of controlled entities 
Credited to the Statement of Financial Performance 
Charged to equity 
Disposal of subsidiary 
Differences arising on translation of foreign operations 

Balance at the end of the financial year 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2015 
$’M 

70.6
20.1
0.5
34.2
1.4
(13.3)

113.5

3.3

116.8

115.7
-
0.9
(0.7)
-
0.9

116.8

69.1 
20.7 
0.1 
13.7 
1.3 
6.7 

111.6 

4.1 

115.7 

122.3 
4.7 
(18.7) 
(1.4) 
(0.4) 
9.2 

115.7 

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or 
liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantially enacted for each jurisdiction. The relevant tax rates are applied to 
the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability. An exception is made for 
certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability. No deferred tax asset or liability is recognized in relation to 
these temporary differences if they arose in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time did not affect either accounting profit or 
taxable profit and loss. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in 
controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Current and deferred tax amounts relating to items recognized directly in equity are also recognized in equity and not in the Statement of Financial 
Performance. 

KEY ESTIMATES 
Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will 
be available to utilize those temporary differences. 

30. RELATED PARTIES 

(A) DIRECTORS 
The names of persons who were directors of the Company at any time during the financial year were as follows: 

John Grill (Chairman) 

Ron McNeilly (Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director) 

Larry Benke 

Jagjeet Bindra 

Erich Fraunschiel 

John M Green 

Christopher Haynes 

Catherine Livingstone 

Wang Xiao Bin 

Andrew Wood (Chief Executive Officer). 

92  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
(B)  OTHER RELATED PARTIES 

Aggregate amounts brought to account in relation to other transactions with each class of other related parties were as follows: 

Loans advanced to: 

Associates and related parties 
Loan repayments from: 
Associates and related parties 
Dividends received from: 
Dividend revenue from associates 

Aggregate amounts, receivable from, and payable to, each class of other related parties at balance date were as follows: 
Current receivables 
Associates and related parties 

Current payables 
Associates and related parties 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$’M

2.1

(2.6)

6.3

54.4

16.7

2015
$’M

0.3

1.2

15.8

60.2

11.0

Related entities provide specific advisory services to controlled entities in the normal course of business. These transactions are made on normal 
terms and conditions and at market rates. 

(C) CONTROLLING ENTITIES 
WorleyParsons Limited is the ultimate Australian parent company. 

31. REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS 

Remuneration for audit or review of the financial reports of the parent entity or any other entity in the Group: 

Auditor of the Parent Entity - Ernst & Young 
Other auditors of controlled entities 

Amounts received for other services: 
Tax related services 
Acquisition related assurance services 
Other non-audit services 

32. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Short term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Termination benefits  
Other long term benefits 
Share based payments 

Total compensation 

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$

2015
$

3,018,158
115,666

3,133,824

835,817
12,211
83,594

931,622

4,065,446

3,571,935
149,839

3,721,774

757,757
52,240
567,365

1,377,362

5,099,136

CONSOLIDATED 

2016
$

2015
$

9,679,055
252,791
522,770
120,929
845,544

11,421,089

6,976,197
215,807
-
56,543
698,033

7,946,580

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33. PARENT ENTITY DISCLOSURES 

(A) PARENT ENTITY 
WorleyParsons Limited parent entity financial statements include investments in the following entities: 

ENTITY 

COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION

WorleyParsons Financial Services Pty Limited 
WorleyParsons Canada Holdings Pty Limited 
WorleyParsons Canada Callco Ltd 
WorleyParsons Engineering Pty Limited 
Engineering Securities Pty Limited atf The Worley Limited Trust 

Australia
Australia
Canada
Australia
Australia

The parent entity’s summary financial information as required by the Corporations Act 2001 is as follows: 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
Profit before income tax expense 
Income tax benefit/(expense) 

Profit after income tax 

Profit attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited 
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial year 
Dividends paid1 

Retained profits at the end of the financial year 

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Profit after income tax expense 

Total comprehensive income, net of tax 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
Current assets 
Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Issued capital 
Performance rights reserve 
Retained profits 

Total equity 

2016

$’M

440.1
197.9
121.0
100.0
94.7

953.7

2016

$’M

13.0
1.0

14.0

14.0
130.7
(53.8)

90.9

14.0

14.0

1,040.6
2,013.5
589.1
619.5

1,394.0

1,264.9
38.2
90.9

1,394.0

2015 

$’M 

440.1 
197.9 
121.0 
100.0 
94.7 

953.7 

2015 

$’M 

159.6 
(21.2) 

138.4 

138.4 
199.3 
(207.0) 

130.7 

138.4 

138.4 

1,006.4 
1,990.0 
527.9 
557.4 

1,432.6 

1,255.0 
46.9 
130.7 

1,432.6 

The parent entity has bank guarantees in respect of contractual performance outstanding at 30 June 2016 for the amount of $381.8 million 
(2015: $484.2 million). These commitments have not been recognized in the financial statements. 

The parent entity has no commitments for expenditure. 

1 Dividends paid by the Parent Entity exclude dividends paid to holders of exchangeable shares. 

94  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                          
(B)  CLOSED GROUP 
WorleyParsons Limited together with Worley No 2 Pty Limited, WorleyParsons Engineering Pty Limited, WorleyParsons Financial Services Pty 
Limited, WorleyParsons Services Pty Limited and Engineering Securities Pty Limited entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee on 26 May 2003. On 23 
June 2016, Advisian Group Pty Limited, Worley SPV1 Pty Limited, WorleyParsons EA Holdings Pty Limited, WorleyParsons Infrastructure 
Holdings Pty Limited, WorleyParsons SEA Pty Limited, WorleyParsons South America Holdings Pty Limited and WorleyParsons Africa Holdings 
Pty Limited also became parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee. The effect of the deed is that WorleyParsons Limited has guaranteed to pay any 
deficiency in the event of the winding up of the abovementioned controlled entities. The controlled entities have also given a similar guarantee in the 
event that WorleyParsons Limited is wound up. As a result, Australian Securities and Investments Commission Class Order 98/1418 relieves certain 
of the controlled entities from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of financial reports. 

Comparative information for 2015 has been restated to include unincorporated joint ventures of WorleyParsons Services Pty Limited and also 
foreign branches of WorleyParsons Engineering Pty Limited. 

The Statement of Financial Performance and Statement of Financial Position of the entities which are parties to the Deed of Cross Guarantee and The 
Worley Limited Trust (Closed Group) are as follows: 

                        CLOSED GROUP 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
Profit before income tax expense 
Income tax expense 

Profit after income tax expense 

Profit attributable to members of WorleyParsons Limited 
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial year 
Retained profits of entities that became party to the Deed during the financial year 
Dividends paid1 

Retained profits at the end of the financial year 

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Other non-current assets 

Total non-current assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables  
Interest bearing loans and borrowings 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Issued capital 
Reserves 
Retained profits 

TOTAL EQUITY 

2016
$’M

85.0
(10.5)

74.5

74.5
226.1
310.5
(53.8)

557.3

18.4
979.2
43.6

1,041.2

67.7
217.1
9.0
2,140.7

2,434.5

3,475.7

285.6
86.6

372.2

1,078.0
198.7
12.7

1,289.4

1,661.6

1,814.1

1,264.9
(8.1)
557.3

1,814.1

2015
$’M

95.6
(15.6)

80.0

80.0
354.2
-
(208.1)

226.1

29.5
1,748.3
74.6

1,852.4

74.4
191.0
14.1
948.7

1,228.2

3,080.6

366.6
109.2

475.8

852.4
191.9
16.2

1,060.5

1,536.3

1,544.3

1,255.0
63.2
226.1

1,544.3

1 Dividends paid by the Closed Group exclude dividends paid to holders of exchangeable shares. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  95 

 
 
 
                                                                          
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of WorleyParsons Limited, I state that: 
1. 

In the opinion of the directors: 
(a)  the financial statements and notes of the consolidated entity are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2016 and of its performance for the year ended on 

that date; and 

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001; 

(b)  the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 2(A); 
(c)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable; and 
(d)  as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Closed Group identified in note 33(B) will 

be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject, by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee. 
2.  This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the Directors from the chief executive officer and chief 

financial officer in accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 June 2016. 

On behalf of the Board 

JOHN GRILL, AO 
Chairman 

Sydney, 24 August 2016 

96  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  97 

 
 
98  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  99 

 
 
 
 
100  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  101 

 
 
 
 
102  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

TOP 20 HOLDINGS OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 17 AUGUST 2016 

NAME 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

National Nominees Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Wilaci Pty Limited  

Serpentine Foundation Pty Limited  

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  

Mr John Michael Grill 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited - A/c 3 

Haju Pty Limited  

Juha Pty Limited  

Taylor Square Designs Pty Ltd 

UBS Bank Canada TR Chalet Holdings Inc 

Argo Investments Limited 

Inmac Engineering Pty Ltd 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited  

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  

Lujeta Pty Ltd  

Dubotu Pty Ltd 

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 

Total 

SHARES 

% OF ISSUED CAPITAL 

RANK 

73,286,577 

51,869,298 

19,237,089 

16,326,044 

11,778,006 

4,844,825 

3,925,932 

2,569,342 

1,921,130 

1,500,000 

1,500,000 

1,423,641 

1,077,475 

972,336 

890,000 

873,087 

830,000 

828,500 

800,000 

760,000 

29.54 

20.91 

7.75 

6.58 

4.75 

1.95 

1.58 

1.04 

0.77 

0.60 

0.60 

0.57 

0.43 

0.39 

0.36 

0.35 

0.33 

0.33 

0.32 

0.31 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

197,213,282 

79.46 

Total number of current holders for all named classes is 23,188. 
The table above includes exchangeable shares. The ASX treats these shares as having been converted into ordinary shares of the Company at the 
time of their issue for the purposes of the ASX Listing Rules. 

SUBSTANTIAL HOLDERS OF 5% OR MORE OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 17 AUGUST 2016* 
NAME 

NOTICE DATE 

John Grill and associated companies 

Franklin Resources, Inc and its affiliates 

UBS Group AG and related bodies corporate 

Polaris Capital Management, LLC 

Veritas Asset Management LLP 

Allan Gray Australia  

BlackRock Group and subsidiaries 

* As disclosed in substantial shareholder notices received by the Company. 

RANGE OF FULLY PAID ORDINARY SHARES AS AT 17 AUGUST 2016 

1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5,000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 100,000 

100,001 and over 

Total 

31 May 2010 

24 March 2016 

9 August 2016 

22 March 2016 

31 October 2014 

24 February 2016 

22 July 2016 

HOLDERS 

15,650 

6,239 

737 

487 

75 

23,188 

UNMARKETABLE PARCELS 

Minimum $500 parcel at $7.91 per unit 

  MINIMUM PARCEL SIZE 

64 

SHARES 

25,313,786 

22,328,837 

22,195,218 

18,445,731 

14,393,694 

12,528,580 

12,423,313 

SHARES 

% OF ISSUED CAPITAL 

6,459,544 

13,983,888 

5,421,364 

12,031,749 

210,189,607 

248,086,152 

HOLDERS 

1,657 

2.60 

5.64 

2.19 

4.85 

84.72 

100.00 

SHARES 

53,660 

The table above includes exchangeable shares. The ASX treats these exchangeable shares to have been converted into ordinary shares of the 
Company at the time of their issue for the purposes of the ASX Listing Rules. In addition to the shares set out in the table, there is one special voting 
share issued to Computershare Trust Company of Canada Limited as part of the consideration for the acquisition of the Colt Group. 

VOTING RIGHTS 
All ordinary shares carry one vote per share without restriction. In the case of the exchangeable shares, voting rights are provided through the 
special voting share that carries an aggregate number of votes equal to the number of votes attached to the ordinary shares into which the 
exchangeable shares are exchangeable. 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOSSARY 

Term 

Americas 

APAC 

Backlog 

Definition 

Services business line region encompassing Canada, United States of America and Latin America. 

Services business line region encompassing Australia, Pacific, Asia, China. 

Backlog is the total dollar value of the amount of revenues expected to be recorded for the next 
36 months as a result of work performed under contracts or purchase/work orders awarded to 
WorleyParsons. With respect to long term agreements and framework agreements an amount is 
included for the work expected to be received over the period under consideration. The view of 
backlog is sensitive to timing of awards and as such a conservative view of timing has been adopted. 

Downstream 

The refining of petroleum crude oil and the processing and purifying of raw natural gas, as well as the 
marketing and distribution of products derived from crude oil and natural gas. 

EBIT 

EMEA 

EPC 

EPS 

GDC 

HSE 

OneWayTM 

PMC 

Upstream 

Earnings before interest and tax. 

Services business line region encompassing Europe, Middle East and Africa. 

Engineering, Procurement and Construction. 

Earnings per share. 

Global Deliver Center. 

Health Safety and Environment. 

Our enterprise-wide integrity management framework which establishes our corporate expectations 
for zero harm to our business. 

Project Management Consultancy. 

The searching for potential underground or underwater crude oil and natural gas fields, drilling of 
exploratory wells, and the subsequent drilling and operation of the wells that recover and bring the 
crude oil and/or raw natural gas to the surface. 

104  WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 

WorleyParsons Limited 
ACN 096 090 158 

DIRECTORS 
John Grill (Chairman) 

Ron McNeilly (Deputy Chairman and Lead Independent Director) 

Larry Benke 

Jagjeet (Jeet) Bindra 

Erich Fraunschiel 

John M Green 

Christopher Haynes, OBE 

Catherine Livingstone, AO 

Wang Xiao Bin 

Andrew Wood (Chief Executive Officer) 

COMPANY SECRETARY 
Peter Janu 

REGISTERED OFFICE 
Level 12 

141 Walker Street 

North Sydney NSW 2060 

AUDITORS 
Ernst & Young 

BANKERS 
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria 

Bank of America Merrill Lynch 

BNP Paribas 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia 

HSBC 

JPMorgan Chase 

National Australia Bank 

Royal Bank of Canada 

Standard Chartered Bank 

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation 

UBS 

Wells Fargo 

Westpac Banking Corporation 

LAWYERS 
Herbert Smith Freehills 

SHARE REGISTRY 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited 

Level 4, 60 Carrington Street 

Sydney NSW 2000 

Australia 

Phone: 1300 850 505 

WorleyParsons Annual Report 2016  105 

 
 
Annual Report 2016

resources & energy

www.worleyparsons.com

DRAFT